M/s. STARLITE PAINTS PLOT NO. DP - 46, SAYKHA ...

M/s. STARLITE PAINTS

PLOT NO. DP - 46, SAYKHA INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, TAL:

VAGRA, DIST: BHARUCH (GUJARAT).

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESMENT REPORT

FOR PROPOSED PESTICIDES SPECIFIC INTERMEDIATES

(450 MT/MONTH) MANUFACTURING UNIT

1

STUDY PERIOD: OCTOBER, 2020 TO DECEMBER, 2020

PROPOSAL NO : IA/GJ/IND3/213816/2021

TOR LETTER NO : IA-J-11011/235/2021-IA-II(I) DATED: 08/06/2021

TOTAL PLOT AREA: 10,800.675 m2

NABET ACCREDITATION NO.: NABET/EIA/2023/IA0062 (Rev. 01)

VALID UPTO OCTOBER 7, 2023

PROJECT NO.: 890000/2021

Prepared By:

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd. 403, Centre Point, Nr. Kadiwala School, Ring Road, Surat – 395002

(NABET/QCI Accredited EIA Consultant): NABET/EIA/2023/IA0062

(Rev. 01)

(MoEF Accredited Testing Laboratory): 15018/24/2019-CPW

(NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory): TC - 7328

(GPCB Recognized Schedule-II Environmental Auditor)

ISO 9001: 2015 Certified Company

OHSAS 18001: 2007 Certified Company

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK

ASSESSMENT REPORT CLIENT

PROJECT TITLE

TOTAL PLOT AREA

PROJECT COST

NABET

ACCREDIATION NO.

PROJECT NO.

:

:

:

:

:

:

M/S. STARLITE PAINTS

PLOT NO: DP - 46, SAYKHA INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, TA: VAGRA, DIST:

BHARUCH (GUJARAT).

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESMENT REPORT FOR

PROPOSED PESTICIDES SPECIFIC INTERMEDIATES (450 MT/MONTH)

MANUFACTURING UNIT

10,800.675 M2

Rs. 52 CRORES

NABET ACCREDITATION NO.: NABET/EIA/2023/IA0062 (Rev. 01)

VALID UPTO OCTOBER 7, 2023

890000/2021

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd. 403, Centre Point, Nr. Kadiwala School, Ring Road,

Surat – 395002

(NABET Accredited EIA Consultant by QCI): NABET/EIA/2023/IA0062

(Rev.01)

(MoEF Accredited Testing Laboratory): 15018/24/2019-CPW

(NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory): TC - 7328

(GPCB Recognized Schedule-II Environmental Auditor)

ISO 9001: 2015 Certified Company

OHSAS 18001: 2007 Certified Company

Prepared By:


ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESSMENT REPORT

EIA REPORT PREPARED BY M/s. AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. 2

INDEX

SR. NO. TITLE PAGE

NO.

INDEX 2

LIST OF TABLE 8

LIST OF FIGURE 10

COPY OF TORs LETTER 11

COMPLIANCE OF TORs 18

UNDERTAKING 29

DECLARATION OF EIA COORDINATOR 30

1 CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 BACKGROUND 1-1

1.1.1 PROMOTERS AND THEIR BACKGROUND 1-1

1.1.2 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 1-1

1.1.3 JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT 1-2

1.2 PROJECT DETAILS 1-2

1.2.1 TOTAL PROJECT COST 1-2

1.2.2 PLOT AREA 1-2

1.2.3 DETAILS ABOUT INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES, PLANT MACHINERIES, ETC. 1-3

1.3 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT 1-4

1.4 PURPOSE OF EIA 1-6

1.5 OBJECTIVES OF EIA 1-6

1.6 METHODOLOGIES FOR EIA 1-6

1.7 STRUCTURE OF REPORT 1-9

2 CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES

2.1 BACKGROUND 2-1

2.2 LAND REQUIREMENT FOR THE PROJECT INCLUDING ITS BREAK UP FOR VARIOUS

PURPOSES, ITS AVAILABILITY

2-1

2.2.1 LAND POSSESSION DOCUMENTS. COPY OF NA ORDER SHOWING PERMISSION

TO USE THE PROJECT LAND FOR INDUSTRIAL PURPOSE. IF LOCATED IN GIDC,

COPY OF PLOT HOLDING CERTIFICATE OBTAINED FROM GIDC AUTHORITY

2-3

2.3 PROJECT SETTING 2-4

2.3.1 PROJECT SITE AND PLANT LAYOUT 2-4

2.4 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE AND NEAREST HABITATS WITH DISTANCES

FROM THE PROJECT SITE TO BE DEMARCATED ON A TOPOSHEET (1: 50000

SCALE)

2-6

2.4.1 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM PROJECT SITE 2-6

2.5 PHASE WISE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE WITH BAR CHART AND

TIME FRAME, IN TERMS OF SITE DEVELOPMENT, INFRASTRUCTURE PROVISION,

EMS IMPLEMENTATION ETC.

2-8

2.6 CHEMICAL NAME OF EACH PROPOSED PRODUCT TO BE MANUFACTURED.

DETAILS WITH LD50 OF EACH PRODUCT

2-9




2.7 DETAILS ON RAW MATERIALS, SOURCE AND STORAGE WITHIN THE PREMISES 2-10

2.8 MANUFACTURING PROCESS, CHEMICAL REACTION AND MASS BALANCE OF

EACH PRODUCTS

2-13

2.9 WATER REQUIREMENT, WASTEWATER GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT 2-26

2.9.1 ASSESSMENT OF SOURCE OF THE WATER SUPPLY WITH ADEQUACY OF THE

SAME TO MEET WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT. PERMISSION

OBTAINED FROM THE CONCERN AUTHORITY FOR SUPPLY OF RAW WATER

2-26

2.9.2 UNDERTAKING STATING THAT NO BORE WELL SHALL BE DUG WITHIN THE

PREMISES (IF PROJECT IS LOCATED WITHIN THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATE).

2-27

2.9.3 WATER AND WASTEWATER 2-28

2.9.4 SEGREGATION OF WASTE STREAMS 2-30

2.9.5 EXPLORE THE POSSIBILITIES FOR ZERO LIQUID DISCHARGE (ZLD) OPTION FOR

THE PROPOSED PROJECT.

2-31

2.9.6 CAPACITY OF ETP IN KL/DAY. DETAILS OF ETP INCLUDING DIMENSIONS OF EACH

UNIT ALONG WITH SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM.

2-31

2.9.7 PLANS FOR MANAGEMENT 2-35

2.9.8 UNDERTAKING STATING THAT A SEPARATE ELECTRIC METER WILL BE PROVIDED

FOR THE WASTE WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM VIZ. ETP, MEE, ETC.

2-36

2.9.9 TREATED EFFLUENT DISCHARGE – CETP MEMBERSHIP 2-37

2.10 AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM 2-38

2.10.1 PROCESS GAS EMISSION DETAILS 2-38

2.10.2 DETAILS OF THE UTILITIES REQUIRED 2-38

2.10.3 TYPE AND QUANTITY (MT/HR & MT/DAY) OF FUEL TO BE USED FOR EACH

UTILITY

2-38

2.10.4 FLUE GAS EMISSION RATE EMISSION FROM EACH UTILITY 2-38

2.10.5 LIST THE PROJECT SPECIFIC SOURCES OF FUGITIVE EMISSION ALONG WITH ITS

QUANTIFICATION AND PROPOSED MEASURES TO CONTROL IT.

2-39

2.10.6 PROVISION OF CEMS 2-40

2.11 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT 2-40

2.11.1 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE INCLUDING STORAGE,

HANDLING, UTILIZATION AND SAFE DISPOSAL AS PER THE HAZARDOUS AND

OTHER WASTES (MANAGEMENT AND TRANSBOUNDARY MOVEMENT) RULES

2016. CPCB GUIDELINES IN RESPECT OF SPECIFIC TREATMENT, SUCH AS SOLAR

EVAPORATION, INCINERATION, ETC., NEED TO BE FOLLOWED

2-40

2.11.2 METHODOLOGY OF DE-CONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL OF DISCARDED

CONTAINERS AND ITS RECORD KEEPING

2-42

2.11.3 MANAGEMENT OF BY-PRODUCTS WHICH FALL UNDER THE PURVIEW OF THE

HAZARDOUS AND OTHER WASTES (MANAGEMENT AND TRANSBOUNDARY

MOVEMENT) RULES 2016 AS PER THE SAID RULES AND NECESSARY

PERMISSIONS FROM THE CONCERN AUTHORITY.

2-43

2.11.4 MEMBERSHIP OF COMMON ENVIRONMENTAL INFRASTRUCTURE LIKE TSDF,

COMMON INCINERATION FACILITY (CHWIF), ETC.

2-44

2.12 NOISE LEVEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM 2-46

2.13 SUMMARY 2-46

3 CHAPTER 3: BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS




3.1 INTRODUCTION 3-1

3.2 METHODOLOGY 3-1

3.2.1 STUDY PERIOD & FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING 3-1

3.2.2 METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS 3-3

3.2.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS 3-4

3.3 MICRO-METEOROLOGY OF THE AREA 3-4

3.3.1 TEMPERATURE DETAILS 3-4

3.3.2 RELATIVE HUMIDITY (RH) 3-5

3.3.3 RAINFALL 3-6

3.3.4 WIND SPEED 3-7

3.3.5 TEMPERATURE, RELATIVE HUMIDITY & WIND SPEED 3-8

3.3.6 WIND ROSE 3-9

3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT 3-11

3.4.1 AIR SUMMARY 3-17

3.4.2 INTERPRETATION 3-18

3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 3-18

3.5.1 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING 3-18

3.5.2 NOISE SUMMARY 3-20


3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT 3-21

3.6.1 METHODOLOGY FOR WATER QUALITY MONITORING 3-21

3.6.2 BASELINE GROUND WATER QUALITY 3-24

3.6.3 BASELINE SURFACE WATER QUALITY 3-25


3.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT 3-26

3.7.1 SOIL QUALITY 3-26

3.7.2 SUMMARY OF SOIL QUALITY 3-28


3.7.4 EIA MONITORING PHOTOGRAPHS 3-29

3.8 GEOLOGICAL AND HYDROLOGICAL DATA 3-39

3.8.1 INTRODUCTION 3-39

3.8.2 STATUS OF ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS WITHIN STUDY AREA 3-39

3.8.3 SOIL INFORMATION 3-42

3.8.4 HYDROLOGY 3-43

3.8.5 DRAINAGE PATTERN 3-44

3.9 LAND USE PATTERN 3-46

3.9.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION 3-46

3.10 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION 3-51

3.10.1 PHYSIOGRAPHY 3-51

3.10.2 FOREST 3-52

3.10.3 FLORA 3-53

3.10.4 FAUNA 3-58

3.10.5 DETAILS OF PRESENCE OF SCHEDULE-1 SPECIES 3-65

3.11 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 3-104

3.11.1 SETTLEMENTS AND DEMOGRAPHIC PATTERN 3-104

3.11.1.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION 3-104

3.11.1.2 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA WITHIN THE REGION OF INTEREST 3-104




3.11.2 LITERACY RATE 3-108

3.11.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 3-111

3.11.4 AMENITIES 3-112

4 CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS 4-1

4.2 PREDICTIONS AND EVALUATION OF IMPACTS 4-8

4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT 4-12

4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 4-12

4.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 4-24

4.2.4 HAZARDOUS WASTE DETAILS 4-24

4.2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES 4-24

4.2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD 4-24

4.2.7 HOUSING 4-24

4.2.8 ECOLOGY 4-25

4.3 IMPACTS ON HUMANS 4-28

4.4 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES OF GEOLOGY 4-29

4.5 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES OF GEOHYDROLOGY 4-29

4.6 IMPACT ON ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 4-30

4.7 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT 4-30

4.8 MATRIX REPRESENTATION 4-32

4.9 SUMMARY 4-37

5 CHAPTER 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY) 5-1

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE) 5-2

6 CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

6.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN 6-1

6.2 LABORATORY FACILITIES 6-1

6.2.1 DOCUMETATION & RECORDS 6-2

6.3 POST PROJECT MONITORING PLAN 6-3

6.3.1 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES 6-4

6.4 ENVIRONMENT POLICY 6-5

6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL 6-7

6.6 SYSTEM OF REPORTING OF NON COMPLIANCES / VIOLATIONS OF

ENVIRONMENTAL NORMS TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY

AND / OR SHAREHOLDERS OR STAKEHOLDERS AT LARGE

6-9

7 CHAPTER 7: RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT 7-1

7.1.1 INTRODUCTION 7-1

7.1.2 APPROACH TO THE STUDY 7-1




7.1.3 METHODOLOGY 7-2

7.1.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 7-4

7.1.4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS AREAS 7-4

7.1.4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF FAILURE CASES FOR HAZARDOUS AREAS 7-4

7.1.4.3 MAJOR HAZARDOUS AREAS AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 7-4

7.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF

HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

7-10

7.3 PRECAUTIONS DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS

CHEMICALS LIQUIDS

7-11

7.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 7-12

7.4.1 HAZARD CONTROL MEASURES 7-13

7.5 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 7-13

7.5.1 DAMAGE CRITERIA 7-14

7.5.2 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS 7-18

7.6 ONSITE/OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN 7-56

7.6.1 DEFIING THE NATURE OF EMERGENCY 7-56

7.6.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 7-56

7.6.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 7-57

7.7 DETAILS OF THE SEPARATE ISOLATED STORAGE AREA 7-58

7.7.1 DEFIING THE NATURE OF EMERGENCY 7-60

7.7.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 7-61

7.7.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 7-61

7.8 OCCUPTIONAL HEALTH AND HAZARD AND SAFETY MESUARES 7-62

7.8.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH 7-62

7.9 SOLVENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 7-67

7.10 DO’S & DON’TS OF PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 7-70

7.11 DETAILS ON VARIOUS SOP TO BE PREPARED 7-73

7.12 TRANSPORTATION 7-73

7.13 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 7-73

7.14 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT (R & R) 7-73

8 CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 BACKGROUND 8-1

8.2 ENVIRONMENT 8-1

8.3 EXPORTS 8-1

8.4 EMPLOYMENT GENERATION 8-1

8.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES 8-2

8.6 CONCLUSION 8-3

9 CHAPTER 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 9-1

10 CHAPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 BACKGROUND 10-1




10.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 10-1

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL 10-1

10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 10-4

10.4.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT 10-5

10.4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 10-6

10.4.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 10-10

10.4.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT 10-12

10.5 MEASURES FOR IMPROVEMENT OF ECOLOGY 10-14

10.6 IDENTIFICATION OF RECYCLE/REUSE, CLEANER PRODUCTION AND CO-

PROCESSING OPTION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE

10-14

10.7 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 10-14

10.8 MEASURES FOR CONSERVATION OF ENERGY 10-17

10.9 SKILLED AND TRAINED MANPOWER 10-17

10.10 CAPITAL COST FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANGEMENT 10-18

10.11 ACTION PLAN FOR TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS 10-18

11 CHAPTER 11: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY& CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION 11-1

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 11-1

11.3 PRODUCT AND CAPACITY 11-2

11.4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 11-3

11.5 WATER REQUIREMENT, WASTE WATER GENERATION AND TREATMENT 11-7

11.6 AIR POLLUTION SOURCE AND CONTROL MANAGEMENT 11-8

11.7 HAZARDOUS WASTE 11-8

11.8 GREEN BELT 11-8

11.9 POWER & FUEL REQUIREMENTS 11-8

11.10 DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS STORAGE 11-9

11.11 CAPITAL AND RECURRING COST EARMARKED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

PROTECTION MEASURES

11-10

11.12 CONCLUSION 11-10

12 CHAPTER 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED --

LIST OF ANNEXURES A-1 –

A-68




LIST OF TABLES

NO. TITLE PAGE

NO.

1.1 PROMOTERS AND THEIR BACK GROUND 1-1

1.2 BREAK UP OF PROJECT COST 1-2

1.3 LAND BREAKUP 1-2

1.4 LIST OF MACHINERIES AND EQUIPMENTS 1-3

1.5 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT 1-4

2.1 BREAK UP OF DIFFERENT LAND USE OF FACTORY 2-1

2.2 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM

PROJECT SITE

2-6

2.3 LIST OF PRODUCTS WITH PRODUCTION CAPACITY 2-9

2.4 LIST OF RAW MATERIALS 2-10

2.5 WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTEWATER GENERATION 2-28

2.6 PROCESS GAS EMISSION 2-38

2.7 FLUE GAS EMISSION 2-38

2.8 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION & DISPOSAL 2-40

3.1 FREQUENCY OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 3-2

3.2 METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS 3-3

3.3 TEMPERATURE DATA 3-4

3.4 RELATIVE HUMIDITY DATA 3-5

3.5 RAINFALL DATA 3-6

3.6 WIND SPEED DATA 3-7

3.7 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA 3-8

3.8 LOCATIONS OF THE AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS 3-13

3.9 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS 3-14

3.10 NOISE LEVELS 3-19

3.11 GROUND WATER QUALITY + SURFACE WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS

RESULTS

3-21

3.12 PHYSICO-CHEMICALS CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL 3-26

3.13 DESCRIPTION OF GEOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION AND AREA UNDER

DIFFERENT FORMATIONS

3-41

3.14 AREA UNDER DIFFERENT LAND USE 3-48

3.15 LIST OF FLORA 3-53

3.16 LIST OF FAUNA 3-58

3.17 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA 3-104

3.18 POPULATION DENSITY 3-107

3.19 LITERACY RATE 3-108

3.20 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 3-111

3.21 DETAILS OF AMMENITIES AVAILABLE IN STUDY AREA 3-113

3.22 ABBREVIATIONS 3-115

4.1 CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION STAGE POTENTIAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATIVE MEASURES

4-9

4.2 DETAILS OF EMISSION FROM STACK & VENTS 4-14

4.3 SUMMARY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT FOR SPM, SO2, NOX, ETC. 4-22

4.4 PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY FOR SPM, SO2, NOX & HCL 4-23




4.5 SEVERITY CRITERIA FOR MAGNITUDE OF IMPACT 4-32

4.6 CUMULATIVE SCORE RANGE FOR BENEFICIAL AND ADVERSE IMPACTS 4-32

4.7 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION & ENVIRONMENT IMPACT MATRIX

(CONSTRUCTION PHASE)

4-33

4.8 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION & ENVIRONMENT IMPACT MATRIX

(OPERATION PHASE)

4-35

6.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN 6-3

6.2 METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS 6-4

7.1 STORAGE AND HANDLING DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 7-6

7.2 OTHER HAZARDS AND CONTROL 7-7

7.3 HAZARDOUS PROPERTIES OF THE CHEMICALS, COMPATIBILITIES,

SPECIAL HAZARD

7-8

7.4 POSSIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIOS 7-22

7.5 SOLVENT BALANCE 7-69

8.1 CER BUDGET 8-2

10.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 10-4




LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE

NO.

TITLE

PAGE

NO.

1.1 ACTIVITIES, SOURCES OF INFORMATION AND CONTENTS OF EIA

REPORT

1-10

2.1 LAYOUT OF THE PLANT 2-2

2.2 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE 2-4

2.3 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE 2-7

2.4 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM 2-29

2.5 ETP FLOW DIAGRAM 2-33

3.1 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 3-9

3.2 STABILITY CLASS DISTRIBUTION 3-10

3.3 LOCATIONS OF THE AMBIENT AIR, NOISE, WATER AND SOIL

MONITORING STATIONS

3-12

3.4 MONITORING PHOTOGRAPHS 3-29

3.5 MAJOR GEOLOGICAL FEATURES 3-40

3.6 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS MAP 3-42

3.7 HYDROLOGY PATTERN 3-43

3.8 DRAINAGE PATTERN 3-45

3.9 LANDUSE / LANDCOVER 3-49

3.10 TOPOSHEET 3-50

3.11 LIST OF FLORA 3-55

3.12 LIST OF FAUNA 3-62

3.13 POPULATION DENSITY 3-107

3.14 LITERACY DATA 3-110

4.1 ISOPLETHS FOR SPM, SO2, NOX, NH3, HBR & HCL 4-16

6.1 ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 6-8

7.1 QRA METHODOLOGY 7-2

7.2 FLOW CHART FOR QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 7-3

7.3 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL STORAGE AREA 7-5

7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT SCHENARIO 7-24

7.5 LOCATION OF FIRE NEAREST STATION 7-59

7.6 FLOW DIAGRAM OF SPENT SOLVENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 7-68

10.1 ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 10-3

10.2 ODOUR CONTROL MEASURES 10-9




COPY OF STANDARD TORs FROM MoEF&CC, DELHI




COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCES (TORs) – MoEF&CC, DELHI

5(b): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT

ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR PESTICIDES INDUSTRY AND PESTICIDE SPECIFIC INTERMEDIATES

(EXCLUDING FORMULATIONS) AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR

SR.

NO. TERMS OF REFERENCES COMPLIANCE

1. Executive Summary Executive Summary is referred as Chapter-

11.

2. Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including

NABET accreditation

EIA Consultants, M/s. Aqua-Air

Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has

Obtained for NABET - QCI accreditation

Certificate of MoEFCC, New Delhi. Please

refer Annexure-12, (Page No. A-26).

ii. Information about the project proponent Information about the project proponent is

referred as Section 1.1.1, Chapter-1 in EIA

Report (Page No. 1-1).

iii. Importance and benefits of the project Importance of the project is referred as

Section 1.1.3, Chapter-1 in EIA Report (Page

No. 1-2).

3. Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion. Total capital investment for the project will

Rs. 52 Crores

Time of completion = 1 Year after getting EC

and NOC

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed

project.

Products with capacities are referred as

Table 2.3, Section 2.6, and Chapter-2 in EIA


iii. If expansion project, details of existing

products with capacities and whether

adequate land is available for expansion,

reference of earlier EC if any.

Not applicable because this is propose

project.

iv. List of raw materials required and their

source along with mode of transportation.

List of raw materials required and their

source along with mode of transportation is

referred as Table-2.4, Section 2.7 and

Chapter-2 in EIA Report (Page No. 2-10 to 2-

12).

Most of the Raw Materials will be purchased

from Local Market. Some Raw Material are

not available in Local Market, so it will be

imported.

Transportation of Raw Material is Primarily

by Road only.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with

quantities and storage capacities

Other chemicals and materials required

with quantities are referred as Table 7.1,




Chapter-7 in EIA Report (Page No. 7-6).

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous

waste generation and their management.

Details of Air emission are referred as

Section 2.10, Chapter-2 in EIA Report (Page

No. 2-38).

Details of effluent generation and its

management are referred as Section 2.9.3,


Details of Hazardous Waste is referred as

Table 2.8, Section 2.11, Chapter-2 in EIA

Report (Page No. 2-40 to 2-42).

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source

of supply, status of approval, water balance

diagram, man-power requirement (regular

and contract)

Total Power Requirement

DGVCL: 2000 KVA,

DG Set: 500*2 KVA

(Emergency power back up)

Fuel Requirement:

Imported Coal: 64 MT/Day Diesel: 800 Liters/Day

Requirement of Water:

Domestic: 15.0 KL/Day

Gardening: 20.0 KL/Day

Industrial: 393.35 KL/Day

Total Water Quantity: 428.35 KL/Day

Source of water: GIDC Water Supply

Status of Approval: Company has made

agreement with GIDC to supply of water

Water Balance Diagram is referred as Fig.

2.4, Chapter-2 in EIA Report (Page No. 2-29).

Man-power requirement:

Total Manpower = 100 Nos.

viii. Process description along with major

equipments and machineries, process flow

sheet (quantities) from raw material to

products to be provided

Process description along with major

equipments and machineries, process flow

sheet (quantities) from raw material to

products is referred as Section 2.8, Chapter-

2 in EIA Report (Page No. 2-13 to 2-25).

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed

safety systems.

Hazard Identification and safety precautions

are referred as Section 7.4, Chapter-7 of EIA

Assessment Report (Page No. 7-12)and

safety precautions is referred as Section 7.2,

Chapter-7 of EIA Assessment Report (Page

No. 7-10 to 7-11).

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s)

New Project




including Amendments thereto obtained for

the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be

attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of

the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional

Office of the Ministry of Environment and

Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012

on the status of compliance of conditions

stipulated in all the existing environmental

clearances including Amendments shall be

provided. In addition, status of compliance of

Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting

operation of the project from SPCB shall be

attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained

environmental clearance, reasons for not

taking EC under the provisions of the EIA

Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification

2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to

Establish/No Objection Certificate and

Consent to Operate (in case of units

operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE

and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the

SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance

report to the conditions of consents from the

SPCB shall be submitted.

--

4. Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village,

Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification

for selecting the site, whether other sites were

considered.

Location of the Project is referred as

Section- 2.3, Chapter-2 in EIA Report (Page

No. 2-4 to 2-5).

ii. A topo sheet of the study area of radius of

10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000

scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-

sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive

places)

A topo sheet of the study area is referred as

Figure 3.10, Section 3.9, Chapter-3 in EIA


iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of

site

Project activities will be carried out within

Premises. Unit is located in PCPIR region of

Notified Industrial estate of GIDC Saykha.

PCPIR obtained Environment clearance in

September, 2017.

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of

the site.

Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of

the site is referred Section 1.3, Chapter-1 in

EIA Report (Page No. 1-4).

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project

site

Google map-Earth downloaded of the

project site is referred as Figure – 2.2,

Section- 2.3.1, Chapter-2 in EIA Report (Page

No. 2-4 to 2-5).

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well Layout maps are referred as Figure – 2.1,




as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located

within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area indicating location of

unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Section- 2.2, Chapter-2 in EIA Report (Page

No. 2-2).

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if

applicable) plant site. If existing, show

photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in

particular.

Not Applicable

This is a proposed plant.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the

project site (identified and acquired),

government/private - agricultural, forest,

wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc. shall

be included. (not required for industrial area)

Land use break-up of total land of the

project site is referred as Table 1.3, Section

1.2.2, and Chapter-1 in EIA Report (Page No.

1-2).

ix. A list of major industries with name and type

within study area (10km radius) shall be

incorporated. Land use details of the study area

A list of major industries with name and

type within study area is referred as Table

2.2, Section 2.4.1, and Chapter-2 in EIA


x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological

status of the study area shall be included.

Geological features is referred as Figure 3.5,

Section 3.8.2 (Page No. 3-40) and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area are

referred as Figure 3.7, Section 3.8.4,


xi. Details of Drainage of the project up to 5 km

radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km

radius of any major river, peak and lean season

river discharge as well as flood occurrence

frequency based on peak rainfall data of the

past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the

project site and maximum Flood Level of the

river shall also be provided. (mega green field

projects)

Drainage pattern of the project is referred

as Figure 3.8, Section 3.8.5, and Chapter-3 in

EIA Report (Page No. 3-44 to 3-45).

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is

not complete, stage of the acquisition process

and expected time of complete possession of

the land.

Unit is located in PCPIR region of Notified

Industrial estate of GIDC Saykha. PCPIR

obtained Environment clearance in

September, 2017.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with

state Government policy

Unit is located in PCPIR region of Notified

Industrial estate of GIDC Saykha. PCPIR

obtained Environment clearance in

September, 2017. Hence, R & R is not

applicable to us.

5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if

applicable)

i. Permission and approval for the use of

forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State Forest

Department. (if applicable)

Not Applicable

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution Not Applicable




satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site

delineating the forestland (in case of

projects involving forest land more than 40

ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining

the stage I forestry clearance along with

latest status shall be submitted.

Not Applicable

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of

the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild

Animals, the project proponent shall submit

the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the

project location and the recommendations

or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden

there on.

Not Applicable

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden

of the State Government for conservation of

Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study

area

Not Applicable

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance

under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to

the Standing Committee of the National

Board for Wildlife

Not Applicable

6. Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level

at the project site and site-specific

micrometeorological data using temperature,

relative humidity, hourly wind speed and

direction and rainfall.

Determination of atmospheric inversion

level at the project site and site-specific

micrometeorological data using

temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind

speed and direction and rainfall is referred

as Section 3.3, Chapter-3 in EIA Report (Page

No. 3-4 to 3-10).

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations

for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other

parameters relevant to the project shall be

collected. The monitoring stations shall be

based CPCB guidelines and take into account

the pre-dominant wind direction, population

zone and sensitive receptors including reserved

forests.

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 11 locations

for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and other

parameters relevant to the project is

referred as Table No. 3.8, Section 3.4,


17).

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12

weeks of all stations as per frequency given in

the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along

with – min., max., average and 98% values for

each of the AAQ parameters from data of all

AAQ stations should be provided as an

annexure to the EIA Report.

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 11

weeks of all stations as per frequency given

in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 is



17).




iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100 m

upstream and downstream of discharge point)

and other surface drains at eight locations as

per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Surface water quality is referred as Table

No. 3.11, Section 3.6, Chapter-3 in EIA


v. Whether the site falls near to polluted

stretch of river identified by the

CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

No falls

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8

locations shall be included.

Ground water monitoring at minimum at 11

locations is referred as Table No. 3.11,


No. 3-21 to 3-25).

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within

the study area.

Noise levels monitoring at 10 locations is



20).

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Soil Characteristic is referred as Table No.

3.12, Section 3.7.1, Chapter-3 in EIA Report

(Page No. 3-26 to 3-28).

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles,

frequency of vehicles for transportation of

materials, additional traffic due to proposed

project, parking arrangement etc.

Truck – 7 Nos.

Tanker – 6 Nos.

Loader – 2 Nos.

Cars – 10 Nos.

Bikes – 40 Nos.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna

(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study

area shall be given with special reference to

rare, endemic and endangered species. If

Schedule-I fauna are found within the study

area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be

prepared and furnished.

Flora existing in the study area is referred as

Table 3.15, Section 3.10.3, Chapter-3 in EIA

Report (Page No. 3-53 to 3-57) and Fauna

(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study

area is referred as Table 3.16, Section

3.10.4, Chapter-3 in EIA Report (Page No. 3-

58 to 3-64).

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area. Socio-economic status of the study area is

referred as Section 3.11, Chapter-3 in EIA


7. Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of

pollutants from the stack emission based on

site-specific meteorological features. In case

the project is located on a hilly terrain, the

AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of

the specific terrain characteristics for

determining the potential impacts of the

project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all

sources of emissions (including transportation)

on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed.

Details of the model used and the input data

used for modelling shall also be provided.

The air quality contours shall be plotted on a

location map showing the location of project

Assessment of ground level concentration

of pollutants is referred as Table 4.2,


15).

Details of the model used and the input data

used for modeling:

1) Conc. of all pollutants

2) Meteorological Data

3) Ram file, Sam File, Met File, Mixing

Height

4) Village Co-Ordinates

Contours are referred as Figure 4.1, Section

4.2.2, and Chapter-4 in EIA Report (4-16 to

4-21).




site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if

any.

ii. Water Quality modelling – in case of

discharge in water body

Water Quality modeling is referred as Table

No. 3-11, Section 3.6, Chapter-3 in EIA


iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials

and end products on the surrounding

environment shall be assessed and provided. In

this regard, options for transport of raw

materials and finished products and wastes

(large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road

transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall

be examined.

Please refer Section 7.3, Chapter-7 in EIA


iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from

different plant operations, extent recycled and

reused for different purposes shall be included.

Complete scheme of effluent treatment.

Characteristics of untreated and treated

effluent to meet the prescribed standards of

discharge under E(P) Rules.

Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation of effluent streams of

wastewater shall be treated in effluent

treatment plant consist of MEE treatment

And Diluted stream shall be treated in ETP

then sent to CETP for further Treatment and

Disposal is referred as section-2.9, Chapter-

2 in EIA Report (Page No. 2-26 to 2-35).

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for

control of emissions to meet standards.

Details of stack emission is referred as Table

4.2, Section 4.2.2, Chapter-4 in EIA Report

(Page No. 4-14) and action plan for control

of emissions is referred as Section 10.4.2,


vi. Measures for fugitive emission control Measures for fugitive emission control are

referred as Section 10.4.2.1, Chapter-10 in


vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and

their storage, utilization and management.

Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid

and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also

be included. EMP shall include the concept of

waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover

techniques, Energy conservation, and natural

resource conservation.

Details of hazardous waste generation and

their storage, utilization and management is

referred as Table 2.8, Section 2.11.1,


42).

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured

as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed

plan of action shall be provided.

Fly ash will be collected, stored and

transported to brick manufacturer.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development

plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than

1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species,

width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall

be included. The green belt shall be around the

project boundary and a scheme for greening of

the roads used for the project shall also be

incorporated.

M/s. Starlite Paints. will developed green

belt within factory premises. Total

10800.675 sq. meter land area is available at

site; out of this area about 3565 sq. meter

(33%) area is covered as greenbelt and other

forms of greenery.




x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting

measures at plant site shall be submitted to

harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm

water drains to recharge the ground water and

also to use for the various activities at the

project site to conserve fresh water and reduce

the water requirement from other sources.

Rain water harvesting is not possible in

pesticide unit due to probability of

decontamination of rain water. Therefore

company is not provided the facility of rain

water harvesting.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum

for environmental pollution control measures

shall be included.

Total capital investment for the project will

Rs. 52 Crores

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental

monitoring shall be submitted.

Post-project environmental monitoring is

referred as Table 6.1, Section 6.3 Chapter-6

in EIA Report (Page No. 6-3).

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and

Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk Assessment

and damage control. Disaster management

plan should be linked with District Disaster

Management Plan.

Disaster Management Plan- On site &off Site

Emergency Management Plan is referred as


No. 7-56).

8. Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all contract and

casual workers

Plan and fund allocation for occupational

health & safety of all contract and casual

workers is Rs. 12 Lakh/Annum.

ii. Details of exposure specific health status

evaluation of worker. If the workers’ health is

being evaluated by pre designed format, chest

x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing

(Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other

ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and

periodical examinations give the details of the

same. Details regarding last month analyzed

data of above mentioned parameters as per

age, sex, duration of exposure and department

wise.

Health Evaluation of Workers is referred as

Section 7.8.1.8 Chapter-7 in EIA Report

(Page No. 7-64).

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety

Hazards. What are the exposure levels of

hazards and whether they are within

Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are

not within PEL, what measures the company

has adopted to keep them within PEL so that

health of the workers can be preserved,

EMP for the Occupational Safety & Health

hazards so that such exposure can be kept

within permissible exposure level

(PEL)/Threshold Level value (TLV) so as to

protect health of workers is referred as,

Section 7.8.1.9, Chapter-7 in EIA Report

(Page No. 7-64 to 7-66).

iv. Annual report of health status of workers

with special reference to Occupational Health

and Safety

Health Evaluation of Workers is referred as

Section 7.8.1.8 Chapter-7 in EIA Report

(Page No. 7-64).

9. Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA

Env. Policy is referred as Section 6.4,

Chpater-6 in EIA Report (Page No. 6-5).




report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for

standard operating process / procedures to

bring into focus any infringement / deviation /

violation of the environmental or forest norms

/ conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Env. Policy is referred as Section 6.4,

Chpater-6 in EIA Report (Page No. 6-5).

iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to deal

with the environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Administrative order of the company is



iv. Does the company have system of reporting

of non-compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors

of the company and / or shareholders or

stakeholders at large? This reporting

mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

Administrative order of the company is



10. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such

as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided

to the labour force during construction as well

as to the casual workers including truck drivers

during operation phase.

Company will provide the sanitation facility

only to the Labour force during construction

as well as to the casual workers including

truck drivers during operation phase.

11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project

cost) shall be earmarked towards the

Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public

Hearing issues and item-wise details along with

time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-

economic development activities need to be

elaborated upon.

CER activities are referred as Section 8.5;

Chapter-8 in EIA Report (Page No. 8-

2).Project is located in Notified Industrial

Area of GIDC, Saykha. Hence Public Hearing

is exempted.

12. Any litigation pending against the project

and/or any direction/order passed by any Court

of Law against the project, if so, details thereof

shall also be included. Has the unit received any

notice under the Section 5 of Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of

Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present

status of the case.

There is no any litigation pending against the

project and/or any direction/order passed

by any Court of Law against the project.

13. ‘A tabular chart with index for point wise

compliance of above TORs.

Complied




B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FOR PESTICIDES INDUSTRY AND

PESTICIDE SPECIFIC INTERMEDIATES (EXCLUDING FORMULATIONS)

SR.

NO. TERMS OF REFERENCES COMPLIANCE

1 Commitment that no banned pesticides will be

manufactured.

Undertaking stating that no banned

pesticides will be manufactured is referred

as Annexure-13, (Page No. A-27).

2 Details on solvents to be used, measures for

solvent recovery and for emissions control.

Solvents to be used, measures for solvent

recovery is referred in Section-7.9,

Chapter-7 in EIA Report (Page No. 7-67 to

7-69).

3 Details of process emissions from the proposed

unit and its arrangement to control.

Details of process emissions and its

arrangement to control in proposed

scenario is referred as section - 2.10.1,


4 Ambient air quality data should include VOC,

other process- specific pollutants* like

NH3*,chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, CS2 etc.,

(*-as applicable)

Please refer Table-3.9, Section-3.4, and

Chapter-3 in EIA Report (Page No. 3-14 to

3-17).

5 Work zone monitoring arrangements for

hazardous chemicals.

Please refer Table-6.1, section-6.3,

Chapter-6 in EIA Report (Page No. 6-3)

6 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including

segregation of effluent streams for units

adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.

Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation of effluent streams

of wastewater shall be treated in effluent

treatment plant then discharge into CETP

for further treatment is referred as

section-2.9.5, Chapter-2 in EIA Report

(Page No. 2-31).

7 Action plan for odor control to be submitted. Please refer section - 10.4.2.2, Chapter-10

in EIA Report (Page No. 10-9)

8 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding

signed with cement manufacturers indicating

clearly that they co-process organic

solid/hazardous waste generated.

Unit has obtained provisional Membership

of M/s. BEIL Infrastructure Ltd. for co-

processing of hazardous waste is referred

as section-2.11.4, Chapter-2 in EIA Report

(Page No. 2-44 to 2-45).

9 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste

in TSDF, if any.

Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of liquid effluent in CETP is

referred as Section 2.9.9, Chapter-2 in EIA

Report (Page No. 2-37) and

solid/hazardous waste in TSDF is referred

as Section 2.11.4, Chapter-2 in EIA Report

(Page No. 2-44 to 2-45).

10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals

are being used/will be used.

Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals is referred to Annexure-15,

(Page No. A-31).

11 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of Authorization/Membership for the




solid/hazardous waste in TSDF. disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF

is referred as Section 2.11.4, Chapter-2 in

EIA Report (Page No. 2-44 to 2-45).

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed. Not Applicable

13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of

hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for

handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Risk assessment for storage and handling

of hazardous chemicals/solvents is

referred as Section-7.1.4.3, Chapter-7 of


14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of

workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

Arrangements for ensuring health and

safety of workers is refer section-7.8,

Chapter-7 of EIA Report (Page No. 7-62 to

7-66).




UNDERTAKING




DECLARATION BY HEAD OF THE ORGANIZATION

I, Jayeshkumar S. Patel hereby confirm that the above mentioned team members were

involved in preparation of EIA Report of M/s. Starlite Paints for Proposed Pesticide Specific

Intermediates Manufacturing Unit (450 MT/Month) at Plot No: DP-46, Saykha Industrial

Estate, Tal: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch (Gujarat). I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for

any misleading information mentioned in this statement.



EIA REPORT PREPARED BY M/s. AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. 1- 1

CHAPTER – 1:

INTRODUCTION

1.1 BACKGROUND

M/s. Starlite Paints Proposed Pesticide Specific Intermediates (450 MT/Month)

Manufacturing Unit at Plot No. DP-46, Saykha Industrial Estate, Tal: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch

(Gujarat).

1.1.1 Promoters and their Back Ground

TABLE 1.1 PROMOTERS AND THEIR BACK GROUND

The detail of project proponent is as below:

No. Name Designation Contact Details

1 Mr. Rakesh Kumar V.

Shah Proprietor

137, Tribhuvan Industrial Estate, Road

No. 11, Kathwada GIDC, Odhav,

Ahmedabad – 382 430.

District: Bharuch

Email: [email protected]

Telephone: +91 9825034902

1.1.2 Regulatory Provision

For proposed project, following assumptions has been considered:

1) Proposed project falls in category A - 5(b), so we applied for Environmental Clearance at

MoEF & CC, New Delhi.

2) Consent to Establish/Consent to operate for proposed project from GPCB.

3) Factory Act License

4) Public Liability Insurance

5) The Motor Vehicles Act

6) The Bureau of Indian Standards Act

7) The Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules

8) Capacity of Plant 450 MT/Month

9) Total working days in a year 330

10) Raw material storage facility for 5 days

11) Finished product storage for 10 days

12) Solvent Storage facility for 3 days




1.1.3 Justification of Project

The demand for products intended to be manufacture is increasing in the country. M/s.

Starlite Paints will be able to meet the demand of various products locally. The project will

save forex as certain products import will be reduced. This will also generate direct and

indirect employment opportunity for various levels of people.

1.2 PROJECT DETAILS

1.2.1 Total Project Cost

Total capital investments for the project will Rs. 52 Cr.

TABLE 1.2

BREAK UP OF PROJECT COST

Sr. No. Purpose Total

(Rs. In Crore)

1 Cost of Land, Building & Machinery 30

2

Capital cost of air & water pollution control

system and environmental monitoring

equipments

22

3 Recurring cost (Operation and maintenance) 27

1.2.2 Plot Area

Total 10800.675 sq. meter land area is available at site; out of this area about 3565 sq.

meter (33 %) area is covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.

TABLE 1.3

BREAK UP OF DIFFERENT LAND USE OF FACTORY

Sr. No. LAND ALLOCATED TOTAL AREA in m2

1 Tank Farm 503.07

2 Hazardous Chemical Storage 219.98

3 RM & FG Storage 262

4 MEE 242.39

5 ETP 407

6 Plant – 1 760.79

7 Plant – 2 554.57

8 Security Cabin 9

9 Transformer Location 67.47

10 Admin, OHS & Lab 209.9

11 PCC Room 154.73

12 D.G. Set 16.96




1.2.3 Exact Details about Infrastructural Facilities, Plant Machineries, etc. Required for the

Proposed Project

TABLE 1.4

LIST OF MACHINERIES AND EQUIPMENTS

Sr.

No. MACHINERY CAPACITY MOC TOTAL NOS.

1 MSGL Reactor 12.5 KL MSGL 4 Nos.





6 MSGL Tank – Multiple capacity 1.0 KL to 8 KL MSGL 22 Nos.

7 S.S Reactor 10 KL SS316 3 Nos.





12 S.S Reactor 2 KL to 4 KL SS316 5 Nos.

13 ANFD Multiple capacity SS316 6 Nos.

14 Condenser Multiple capacity SS 316 30 Nos.

15 Condenser Multiple capacity Graphite 25 Nos.

16 Pump Multiple capacity SS 316/PP 50 Nos.

17 SS tank Multiple capacity SS 316 40 Nos.

13 Raw Water Tank - 1 71.91



16 Fire Water Tank 115.64

17 Pump Area 75.32

18 Boiler 506.04

19 Green Belt 3565

20 Roads 2931.205

TOTAL AREA 10800.675




1.3 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT & INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES INCLUDING

POWER SOURCES

TABLE 1.5 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

Sr.

No.

Salient Features Details

1 Location of project

Co-ordinates

M/s. Starlite Paints

Plot No. DP - 46, Saykha Industrial Estate,

Tal: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch (Gujarat).

21°48'4.71"N 72°49'12.08"E

21°48'2.94"N 72°49'15.10"E

21°48'0.00"N 72°49'13.08"E

21°48'1.48"N 72°49'10.63"E

21°48'2.32"N 72°49'10.42"E

2 Status of Land acquisition Land is already acquired

3 Land area of project site 10800.675 sq. meters

4 Fuel to be used Fuel:

Imported Coal: 64 MT/Day

Diesel : 800 Liters/Day

5 Source of Water Water requirement will be met through the GIDC

Water Supply

6 Total Water Quantity Domestic: 15.0 KL/Day

Gardening: 20.0 KL/Day


Total Water Quantity: 428.35 KL/Day

7 Quantity of industrial effluent

generation and domestic

wastewater generation

Domestic: 11 KL/Day


Total Wastewater Quantity: 237.35 KL/Day

8 Treatment of effluent 11.0 KL/Day Domestic wastewater will be

treated in STP and treated effluent will be

reused in gardening.

High COD & TDS stream: 170.0 KL/Day

Wastewater from process will be sent to

Solvent Stripper then sent to In-house MEE.

151 KL/Day MEE condensate will be reused

within premises and MEE Salt will be send to

TSDF site.

Low COD Stream from process (10 KL/Day) and

9 Disposal of treated effluent




Dilute Stream (46.35 KL/Day): 56.35 KL/Day

Wastewater will be sent to ETP. Total 56.35

KLD will be treated in ETP and then treated

effluent will be sent to CETP for further

treatment & disposal.

10 Details of emissions Source of flue gas emission will be Boiler, TFH

and DG Set (2 Nos.).

The source of process gas emission will be from

vent attached to reactors (4 Nos.).

11 Hazardous waste generation

Discarded Containers/Bags/Liners, Used/Spent

oil. Used Filters/Filter Cloths & Materials, Used

Hy-Flow Material, Spent Solvent, Distillation

Residue, Solvent Residue, MEE Salt, ETP Sludge,

Organic Impurities, Expired Pesticides, Spent

Catalyst, Sodium Chloride, NaBr solution, Aq

MnO2, Hydrobromic Acid (40%), N-propyl

bromide, HCl (30%), Methyl Acetate, KCl,

NAHSO3 Solution, Liq. Ammonia and Ash from

Boiler.

12 Disposal of hazardous waste Hazardous waste will be disposed as per

Hazardous and Other Waste (Management and

Transboundary Movement) Rule, 2016.

13 Power requirement & source Power requirement: 2000 KVA DGVCL

DG Set = 500 KVA*2 Nos.

(Emergency power back up)

14 Names & distance of National

parks, Wildlife sanctuaries,

Reserve Forests etc. Located

within 10 Km from the plant

boundary

There are no National parks, Wildlife sanctuaries,

and Reserve Forests etc. located within 10 km

from the plant boundary.

15 Any litigation/Court case

pertaining to the project:

No litigation/Court case pertaining to the

industry.

16 Total Cost of the Project:

Rs. (Crores)

Total capital investments for the project will Rs.

52 Crores

17 Nearest Town Saykha = 1.29 Km

18 Nearest Railway station Bharuch = 21.08 Km

19 Nearest Air port Vadodara = 71.58 Km




1.4 PURPOSE OF EIA

The EIA study is carried out to assess the pollution potential and evaluate the adequacy and

efficiency of proposed Pollution Control & Environmental Management System.

1.5 OBJECTIVES OF EIA

The main objectives of the study are

1) To assess the background environmental status,

2) To identify potential sources of pollution,

3) To predict and evaluate the impact on environment along with pollution control

measures taken and

4) To prepare a comprehensive Environment Management Plan and Disaster

Management Plan.

1.6 METHODOLOGIES FOR EIA

Taking into consideration proposed project activities and guidelines, an area of 10 km radius

from the center of the project has been selected and is designated as the study area for the

purpose of EIA studies.

1.6.1 Base Line Condition

The samples of ambient air, ground and surface water and soil are collected and analyzed as

per the standard methods for establishing the baseline data and to determine the impact of

proposed activity on the same.

1.6.2 Ambient Air Environment

The air environment around the plant was studied by setting up 11 locations within the

study area of 10 km radius from the project site and collection and monitoring the site

specific meteorological data, viz. wind speed, wind direction, humidity, rainfall and ambient

temperature was carried out. Design of network for ambient air quality monitoring locations

is based on guidelines provided by CPCB. The ambient air samples were collected and

analyzed for SPM, PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, HCl, HBr, O3, Pb, CO, NH3, C6H6, Arsenic (As), Nickel

(Ni), HC & VOCs for identification, prediction, evaluation and assessment of potential impact

on ambient air environment.

1.6.3 Ground and Surface Water Environment

The water required for domestic and industrial use is being made available from the GIDC

Water Authority. Hence, to assess the physico-chemical quality of the water, a number of

water samples were collected and analyzed for pollution parameters viz., pH, TDS, Turbidity,

BOD3, COD, Fluorides, Chlorides, Sulphates, Nitrates, Ammonical Nitrogen, Hardness,




Alkalinity, Oil & Grease and some heavy metals in order to find out the contamination, if

any.

1.6.4 Noise Environment

Noise pollution survey was conducted in the study zone. The anticipated noise sources were

industrial activities, which are likely to be increased due to proposed activity. Noise levels

were also recorded in surrounding villages for evaluating general scenario of the study area.

Hourly equivalent sound levels (Leq) were also recorded for calculating Day and Night noise

levels in the surrounding villages.

1.6.5 Soil Environment

Soil sampling and analysis was carried out to assess physico-chemical characteristics of the

soils and delineate existing cropping pattern, existing land use and topography, within the

study area.

1.6.6 Biological Environment

Keeping in view, the importance of biological component of total environment due to the

proposed project, biological characterization of terrestrial and aquatic environments,

changes in species diversity of flora and fauna in terrestrial as well as aquatic systems were

studied for impact analysis due to proposed project activity, if any.

1.6.7 Socio-Economic Environment

Demographic and related socio-economic data was collected from census handbook to

assess socio-economic status of the study area. Assessment of impact on significant

historical, cultural, and archeological sites/places in the area and economic and employment

benefit arisen out from the project is given special attention.

1.6.8 Identification of Pollution Source

Detailed study of manufacturing process for proposed scenario is carried out along with

input and output of materials, water and wastewater as well as infrastructure facilities

available.

1.6.9 Evaluation of Pollution Control and Environmental Management System

The qualitative and quantitative analysis of various pollution sources as well as evaluation of

pollution control system is carried out.

1.6.10 Evaluation of Impact

A comprehensive evaluation of environmental impact with reference to proposed activities

is carried out.




1.6.11 Preparation of Environmental Management Plan

A comprehensive Environmental Management Plan has been prepared covering all the

aspects of pollution prevention measures, Air and Water Pollution Control measures,

Hazardous Waste Management, Environmental Surveillance and Environmental

Management Plan.

The present report is an EIA conducted during Post Monsoon Season, 2020 (October, 2020

to December, 2020). The baseline environmental conditions have been established through

field monitoring and literature survey.




1.7 STRUCTURE OF REPORT

The objective of the EIA study is preparation of Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) report

based on the guidelines of the Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change

(MoEFCC), CPCB and GPCB. It incorporates the following.

Chapter 1 is an Introduction to the Industry and its premises. It also expresses the

basic objectives and methodologies for EIA studies and work to be covered under

each Environmental component.

Chapter 2 presents Project Description and Infrastructural facilities including all

industrial and environmental aspects of M/s. Starlite Paints as well as manufacturing

process details. This chapter also gives information about raw material storage and

handling, water and wastewater quantitative details, air pollution and control

system, Hazardous Waste generation, storage facility and disposal and utilities for

proposed plant capacity. It also provides information about proposed Environmental

Management Facilities available at the project site.

Chapter 3 covers Baseline Environmental Status including meteorological details,

Identification of baseline status of Environmental components of the surrounding

area covering air, water and land environment. Also presents a study of land use

pattern, Biological Environment & Socio-Economic Environment giving details about

District: Bharuch, Taluka: Vagra and the study area in terms of land use pattern,

biological environment, and socio-economic environment.

Chapter 4 deals with Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures,

which provides quantification of significant impacts of the proposed activities of

plant on various environmental components. Evaluation of the proposed pollution

control facilities has been presented.

Chapter 5 describes Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) considered with

respect to Technology & Site.

Chapter 6 deals with Environmental Monitoring Plan

Chapter 7 describes Risk assessment and Disaster Management Plan that shall be

adopted by the company.

Chapter 8 describes Project Benefits

Chapter 9 deals with Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

Chapter 10 describes Environment Management Plan (EMP) to be adopted for

mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts if any and to ensure acceptable impacts.

Chapter 11 describes Executive Summary & Conclusion of the Project.

Chapter 12 describes Disclosure of Consultants Engaged.




FIGURE-1.1

ACTIVITIES, SOURCES OF INFORMATION AND CONTENTS OF EIA REPORT

RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY OF PLANT ANNUAL REPORT

MARKET ASSESSMENT

PROJECT REPORT

INTRODUCTION

MONITORING OF AIR, WATER & SOIL QUALITY

& NOISE LEVELS DATA ON METEOROLOGY,

SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS & BASIC AMENITIES

SITE VISITS AND INTERVIEWS WITH LOCALS

BASELINE

ENVIRONMENTAL

STATUS

CENTRAL GROUND WATER BOARD

GUJARAT POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD (GPCB)

PUBLIC HEALTH ENGINEERING DEPT

AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT

FOREST DEPARTMENT

IRRIGATION DEPARTMENT

EMPLOYMENT EXCHANGE

HEALTH CENTER

CENSUS OF INDIA

INDIAN METEOROLOGICAL DEPT

ENVIRONMETAL INFORMATION CENTRE

SOCIOECONOMIC

STATUS &

INFRASTRUCTURE

PROPOSED

PLANT

FACILITY DESCRIPTION IMPACTS

METHODOLOGY OF

IMPACT

ASSESSMENT

IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS

EVALUATION OF IMPACTS BY MATRIX METHOD

SOURCE OF INFORMATION OVERVIEW OF

E. I. A. STUDIES

ACTIVITIES

ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN

DESCRIPTION OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLAN,

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL, HAZARDOUS WASTE

MANAGEMENT, GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

MONITORING PROGRAM

CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

PREPARATION OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT

PLAN

RISK ASSESSMENT

STUDIES &

DISASTER

MANAGEMENT PLAN

SAFETY, HEALTH & ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

GUIDELINES BY DIRECTOR GENERAL OF FACTORY

SAFETY, MINISTRY OF LABOR

M/S. STARLITE PAINTS ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESSMENT REPORT

EIA REPORT PREPARED BY M/S. AQUA AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD 2-1

CHAPTER – 2:

PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES

2.1 BACKGROUND



(Gujarat).

2.2 LAND REQUIREMENT FOR THE PROJECT INCLUDING ITS BREAK UP FOR VARIOUS

PURPOSES, ITS AVAILABILITY



TABLE 2.1 BREAK UP OF DIFFERENT LAND USE OF FACTORY

Sr. No. LAND ALLOCATED TOTAL AREA in m2

1 Tank Farm 503.07

2 Hazardous Chemical Storage 219.98

3 RM & FG Storage 262

4 MEE 242.39

5 ETP 407

6 Plant – 1 760.79

7 Plant – 2 554.57

8 Security Cabin 9

9 Transformer Location 67.47

10 Admin, OHS & Lab 209.9

11 PCC Room 154.73

12 D.G. Set 16.96




16 Fire Water Tank 115.64

17 Pump Area 75.32

18 Boiler 506.04

9 Green Belt 3565

10 Roads 2931.205

TOTAL AREA 10800.675



FIGURE – 2.1

LAYOUT OF THE PLANT



2.2.1 LAND POSSESSION DOCUMENTS. COPY OF NA ORDER SHOWING PERMISSION TO

USE THE PROJECT LAND FOR INDUSTRIAL PURPOSE. IF LOCATED IN GIDC, COPY OF PLOT

HOLDING CERTIFICATE OBTAINED FROM GIDC AUTHORITY.



2.3 PROJECT SETTING

M/s. Starlite Paints in Saykha Industrial Estate is located at longitude 21°48'2.47"N and

latitude 72°49'12.58"E. Detailed Layout map of the plant is shown in Figure – 2.2.

M/s. Starlite Paints is located at Notified Industrial Area of Saykha GIDC, which is one of the

important industrial and commercial centers of Gujarat and India. The nearest Main railway

station is Bharuch on section of Western Railway Main Line. The station is located at about

21.08 km from the project site. Airport proximity is 71.58 km from project site which is

Vadodara.

2.3.1 Project Site and Plant Layout

Location (map showing general location, specific location and project boundary & project

site layout) with coordinates.

FIGURE - 2.2

LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE

Project Site



FIGURE - 2.2 (CONT.)

PROJECT SITE ON GOOGLE EARTH



2.4 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE AND NEAREST HABITATS WITH DISTANCES FROM THE

PROJECT SITE TO BE DEMARCATED ON A TOPOSHEET (1: 50000 SCALE).

Key infrastructure features have been extracted from Survey of India (SoI) topographical

maps of 1:50,000 scale. The features have been updated using satellite data and have been

verified with ancillary information derived from TTK maps and guide maps. The locations of

the settlement have been extracted from Census of India (CoI) maps and verified by using

SoI topographical maps and satellite data.

2.4.1 Distance of Nearest Key Infrastructure Features from Project Site

The distance of railways and National and State highways are presented in Table 2.1 below.

TABLE 2.2

DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM PROJECT SITE

Sr. No. Nearest Infrastructure Feature Distance from Project Area

1 Western Railway Main Line 20.30 Km

2 National Highway NH-228 11.51 Km

3 State Highway – 161 5.33 Km

4 Vadodara Airport 71.58 Km

5 CETP, Saykha 1.99 Km

6 M/s. Hemani Crop Care Pvt. Ltd. 0.49 Km



FIGURE – 2.3

Key Infrastructure



2.5 PHASE WISE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE WITH BAR CHART AND TIME

FRAME, IN TERMS OF SITE DEVELOPMENT, INFRASTRUCTURE PROVISION, EMS

IMPLEMENTATION ETC.

All activities related to proposed project shall be started soon after getting Environmental

Clearance.

PROJECT BAR CHART

Sr.

No. Activity

MONTH

Status M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12

1

Civil

Construction

Work

Plan

Actual

2

Structural

Work

Plan

Actual

3

Mechanical

Erection Work

Plan

Actual

4

Commissioning

Work

Plan

Actual



2.6 CHEMICAL NAME OF EACH PROPOSED PRODUCT TO BE MANUFACTURED. DETAILS

WITH LD50 OF EACH PRODUCT. (PROVIDE CAS NUMBER OF ALL THE PRODUCTS & RAW

MATERIALS.).

TABLE 2.3

LIST OF PRODUCTS WITH PRODUCTION CAPACITY

Sr.

No. Name of Products

Quantity

MT/Month CAS No.

LD50

(mg/Kg)

1 Methyl-3-methoxy{2-(2-(6-

chloropyrimidine-4-yl)oxy phenyl}-

acrylate (Inter-3 MONO)

450

131860-97-4 >2000

2 1-(2, 6-diiso propyl)-4-phenoxyphenyl)

thiourea (DTU). 135252-10-7 >500

3 4-amino-6-(tert-butyl)-3-thioxo-3,4-

dihydro-1,2,4-triazin-5(2H)-

one(Triazinone)

33509-43-2 2347

4 Bromobenzene 108-86-1 2383

5 O-(4- bromo-2-chlorophenyl)-O,O-

diethyl phosphorothioate: (PC) 71093-61-3 --

6 2-(4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-

chlorophenyl)-2-(bromomethyl)-4-

methyl 1,3-dioxolane (Bromoketal).

873012-43-2 --

7 2-Chloro 5-Chloro MethylThiazole

(CCMT) 105827-91-6 >2000

8 Diethyl Ketone (DEK) 96-22-0 2140

Total 450



2.7 DETAILS ON RAW MATERIALS, SOURCE AND STORAGE WITHIN THE PREMISES.

TABLE 2.4

LIST OF RAW MATERIAL

SR.

No.

Product

Name

Raw material

Name

Source Mode

of

Transp

ort

Distance

of

source

from

Project

Site (Km)

Type of

Linkag

e

Quantit

y

(MT/M

onth)

CAS No.

1

Methyl-3-

methoxy{

2-(2-(6-

chloropyri

midine-4-

yl)oxy

phenyl}-

acrylate

(Inter-3

MONO)

OHPA Import Sea - - 470.7 643-79-8

Toluene Local Road 200 Open 2812.5 108-88-3

H2SO4 Local Road 200 Open 8.1 7664-93-9

Acetic Acid Local Road 200 Open 177.3 64-19-7

TMOF Import Sea - - 438.3 149-73-5

Acetic

Anhydride

Local Road 200 Open 478.35 108-24-7

Methanol Local Road 200 Open 1875.15 67-56-1

Methyl

Formate

Local Road 200 Open 504.45 107-31-3

NaHCO3 Local Road 200 Open 173.25 144-55-8

DCP Local /

Import

Road - - 365.85 87-65-0

KHSO4 Local Road 200 Open 18.9 7646-93-7

2 1-(2,6-

diiso

propyl )-

4-

Phenoxy

phenyl)

thiourea

(DTU).

2,6-diisopropyl

aniline

Import Sea - - 450 24544-04-5

Bromine Local Road 600 Open 242.55 7726-95-6

Catalyst Local Road 200 Open 108.9 7440-05-3

Phenol Local /

Import

Road/

Sea

- - 331.65 108-95-2

KOH Local Road 200 Open 225 1310-58-3

O- Xylene Local Road 200 Open 1420.65 95-47-6

CuCl Local Road 200 Open 45 7758-89-6

Dimethyl

Formamide

Local Road 200 Open 45 68-12-2

Hydrochloric

Acid

Local Road 200 Open 302.85 7647-01-0

Sodium

Thiocyanate

Local Road 200 Open 166.5 540-72-7

Sodium

hydroxide

solution

Local Road 200 Open 1183.95 1310-73-2

3. 4-amino- Dichloro Import Sea - - 504 22591-21-5



6-(tert-

butyl)-3-

thioxo-

3,4-

dihydro-

1,2,4-

triazin-

5(2H)-

one(Triazi

none)

Pinacolone

C.S. Lye (48 %) Local Road 200 Open 1939.5 1310-73-2

KMnO4 Local Road 200 Open 395.55 7722-64-7

Thiocarbohydra

zide

Import Sea - - 301.05 79-19-6

Hydrochloric

Acid

Local Road 200 Open 1023.3 7647-01-0

4 Bromobe

nzene

Benzene Local /

Import

Road /

Sea

- - 267.75 71-43-2

Catalyst Local Road 200 Open 8.1 --

Liquid Bromine Local Road 600 Open 642.6 7726-95-6

Sodium

bisulfide

Local Road 200 Open 450 7631-90-5

5 O-(4-

bromo-2-

chlorophe

nyl)-O,O-

diethyl

phosphor

othioate:

(PC)

Ortho chloro

phenol

Import

/ Local

Road /

Sea

200 Open 171 95-57-8


Liquid Bromine Local Road 600 Open 215.1 7726-95-6

DETCL Local /

Import

Road /

Sea

200 Open 252.45 2524-04-1

Benzyl triethyl

Ammonium

chloride

Local Road 200 Open 2.25 56-37-1

N-propanol Local Road 200 Open 33.75 71-23-8

Catalyst DBB Local Road 200 Open 2.25 7440-05-3

Caustic Lye

(47%)

Local Road 200 Open 67.5 1310-73-2

6 2-(4-(4-

chlorophe

noxy)-2-

chlorophe

nyl)-2-

(bromom

ethyl)-4-

methyl

1,3-

dioxolane

(Bromoke

tal).

4-Chloro

Phenol

Local /

Import

Road /

Sea

- - 212.535 106-48-9

1,3-Dichloro

benzene

Local/I

mport

Road /

Sea

- - 1700.55 541-73-1

K2CO3 Local Road 200 Open 247.5 209-529-3

AlCl3 Local Road 200 Open 225 7446-70-0

Acetyl Chloride Local /

Import

Road /

Sea

- - 123.75 75-36-5

Ethylene

dichloride

Local Road 200 Open 1125 107-06-2

Hydrochloric

Acid

Local Road 200 Open 382.5 7647-01-0

Ethanone Local Road 200 Open 328.05 6090-09-1

1,2- Pentene

Diol

Import Sea - - 175.5 --

PTSA Local Road 200 Open 22.5 6192-52-5



Cyclohexane Local Road 200 Open 1125 110-82-7

Bromine Local Road 600 Open 225 7726-95-6,

Na2CO3 Local Road 200 Open 675 497-19-8

7 2-Chloro

5-Chloro

MethylThi

azole

(CCMT)

Allyl Chloride Import Sea - - 556.2 107-05-1

Hydrochloric

acid

Local Road 200 Open 757.8 7647-01-0

Chlorine Gas Local Road 200 Open 495 7782-50-5

Caustic soda

flakes

Local Road 200 Open 292.5 1310-73-2


NaSCN Local Road 200 Open 428.4 540-72-7

Sulfuryl

chloride

Local Road 200 Open 616.5 10025-67-9

Toluene Local Road 200 Open 945 108-88-3

Ethylene

Dichloride

Local Road 200 Open 630 108-88-3

8 Diethyl

Ketone

(DEK)

Propionic Acid Import Sea - - 832.5 137-40-6

Metal catalyst Local Road 200 Open 83.25 --



2.8 MANUFACTURING PROCESS, CHEMICAL REACTION AND MASS BALANCE OF EACH

PRODUCTS

1) Inter-3 MONO:

Manufacturing Process:

STEP: 1. Preparation of Benzofuranone

O-hydroxyphenyl aceticacid is reacted with acetic acid and PTSA as catalyst using

toluene as a solvent to give Benzofuranone.

STEP: 2. Preparation of 3-(alphamethoxy) methylene benzofuran-2(3H)-one

2-benzofuranone react with trimethyl orthoformate and acetic anhydride to give 3-

(alpha methoxy) methylene benzofuran-2(3H)-one (2-MBF).

STEP: 3. Preparation of methyl3, 3'-dimethoxy {2-(2-(6-chloropyrimidine-4-yl)oxy phenyl}-

acrylate

3-(alphamethoxy) methylene benzofuran-2(3H)-one thus obtain is react with

methylformate and 4, 6-dichlororo pyrimidine in presence of sodium methoxide

using methanol as solvent to give methyl 3, 3'-dimethoxy {2-(2-(6-Chloropyrimidine-

4-yl)oxy phenyl}-Acrylate.(INTEER=III Di)

STEP: 4. Preparation of methyl-3-methoxy {2-(2-(6-chloropyrimidine-4-yl) oxy phenyl}-

acrylate (MONO)

Methyl 3, 3'-Dimethoxy {2-(2-(6-chloropyrimidine-4-yl) oxy phenyl} acrylate is heated

in the presence of KHSO4 using toluene as solvent to give methyl 3-methoxy {2-(2-(6-

chloropyrimidine-4-yl) oxy phenyl} acrylate (Inter III Mono).

Chemical Reaction:

STEP:-I

STEP:-II



STEP:-III

STEP:-IV

Mass Balance:

Input in kg Output In Kg

Name of Raw Material Per MT Name of Product Per MT

OHPA 1046 Reaction Water 246

Toluene 6250 Methyl Acetate 1552

H2SO4 18 H2SO4 18

Acetic Acid 394 Acetic Acid 394

TMOF 974 Recovered Methanol 3750

Acetic Anhydride 1063 Methanol 417

Methanol 4167 Recovered Toluene 5729

Methyl Formate 1121 Toluene 521

NaHCO3 385 Methyl Formate 1121

DCP 813 KCL 190

KHSO4 42 KHSO4 42

water 12000 Water 12000

Ejector Water 8000 Ejector Water 8000

Organic Impurity 1291

Inter-III MONO 1000

Total Inputs 36270 Total Outputs 36270



2) DIPA to Thiourea:


Diafenthiuron is a thiourea class Insecticide:

STEP: - I

2, 6-diisopropyl aniline(DIPA) react with bromine in presence of Dimethyl Sulfoxide & O-

xylene as solvent to give 4-bromo 2,6-diisopropyl aniline (Br-DIPA).

STEP: II

4- bromo 2,6- diisopropyl aniline (Br-DIPA) react with phenol in prsence of KOH and O-

Xylene as a solvent to give 4- Phenoxy 2,6- diisopropyl aniline (Ph-DIPA).

STEP:-III

4- Phenoxy 2, 6- diisopropyl aniline (PH-DIPA) react with hydrocloric acid in a presence of O-

xylene as a solvent to give a 4- phenoxy 2, 6- diisopropyl aniline hydrocloride (Ph-DIPA HCl).

STEP: IV

4- phenoxy 2,6- diisopropyl aniline hydrochloride ( Ph-DIPA. HCl) react with sodium thio-

cyanate in a presence of hydrochloric acid and ortho xylene as a solvent to give 1-(2, 6-diiso

Propyl)-4- phenoxyphenyl) thiourea (DTU).

Chemical Reaction:

STEP: - I

STEP: II



STEP:-III

STEP: IV

Mass Balance:



2,6-diisopropyl aniline 950 Dimethyl sulfide 182

Bromine 512 Recovered O-xylene 2900

Dimethyl sulfoxide 230 O- xylene (Loss) 100

Phenol 700 Reaction water 464

KOH 475 Recovered EDC 2800

O- Xylene 3000 Recoverd methanol 2850

CUCl 95 EDC (Loss) 200

Dimethyl formamide 95 Methanol(loss) 150

Hydrocloric Acid (35%) 640 Ammonia 60

Sodium Thiocyanate 352 NaBr solution 2610

Tert Butyl amine 220 Residue 380

Methanol 3000 Salt (Potesi.Phenate,KBr, CUCl) 710

Ethylene Dichloride 3000 water 12000

Sodium hydroxide solution 2500 Sodium Chloride 170

Water 12000 Organic impuriy 1193


Scrbber water 500 Diafenthiuron 1000

Scrubber water 500




3) Triazinone:


STEP - 1

Dichloropinacolone is reacted with aqueous Solution of sodium hydroxide to give sodium

salt of 2-hydroxy-3, 3-dimethyl butanoate.

STEP – 2

2-hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl butanoate is further reacted and oxidised in presence of potassium

permanganate in a aqueous media to give the sodium salt of 3,3-dimethyl 2-oxo butanoate.

STEP – 3

3, 3-dimethyl 2-oxo butanoate is further reacted with thiocarbohydrazide and HCl to give 4 -

amino-6-(tert-butyl)-3-thioxo-3,4-dihydro-1,2,4-triazin-5(2H)-one (Triazinone) which is

further filtered off and washed with water.

Chemical Reaction:

STEP – 1

STEP – 2

STEP – 3



Balance:



Dichloro Pinacolone 1120 Filtrate Aqueous 8098

20% NaOH Solution 4310 NaCl 1260

KMnO4 879 55% Aq. MnO2 880

Thiocarbohydrazide 669 KCl 414

Concentrate HCl (30%) 2274 Triazinone 1000

Ejector water 2400




4) Bromobenzene:


STEP: - 1

Reaction of Benzene l with Bromine in Presence of catalyst gives Bromobenzene.

Chemical Reaction:

Mass Balance:



Benzene 595 NaBr Solution 2000

Catalyst 18 Catalyst 18

Liquid Bromine 1428 Organic Impurity 23

Sodium bisulfide 1000 Bromo Benzene 1000

Ejector water 1000 Ejector water 1000




5) O-(4- bromo-2-chlorophenyl)-O,O-diethyl phosphorothioate: (PC)


STEP: - 1

Reaction of ortho Chlorophenol with Bromine in presence of catalyst gives Bromochloro

Phenol.

STEP: - 2

Bromo chlorophenol (BCP) with Diethyl thiophosphoryl Chloride (DETCL) in presence of

Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) to yield intermidiate PC-1.

Chemical Reaction:

Mass Balance:



Ortho chloro phenol 380 Hydrobromic Acid (40%) 200

Catalyst 5 N-propyl bromide 129

Liquid Bromine 478 Sodium Bromide 20

DETCL 561 Catalyst 15

Benzyl triethyl Ammonium

chloride

5 Organic Impurity 185

N-propanol 75 Aquous 1110

Catalyst DBB 5 PC 1000

water 1000

Caustic Lye (47%) 150




6) Bromoketal:


STEP: - 1. Preparation of 1 - chloro-3-(4-chlorophenoxy) benzene

1, 3-Dichloro benzene was reacted with 4-chlorophenol in presence of suitable solvent and

base to give 1-chloro-3-(4-chlorophenoxy)benzene (Inter-1)

STEP: - 2. Preparation of 1-(2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl) ethanone

1-chloro-3-(4-chlorophenoxy)benzene is reacted with acetyl chloride in presence of lewis

acid and appropriate solvent to give 1-(2-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl) ethanone

(Ethanone)

STEP: - 3. Preparation of 1-(4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-chlorophenyl)-2,4-dimethyl-1,3-

dioxolane

1-(4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-chloro-phenyl) ethanone (Ethanone) is reacted with 1,2-propane

diol in presence of PTSA to give 2-(4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-Chloro-phenyl)-2,4-dimethyl-1,3-

dioxolane (Ketal).

STEP: - 4. Preparation of 2-(4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-chloro -phenyl)-2-(Bromomethyl)-

4-methyl-1, 3-dioxolane

2-(4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-chloro-phenyl)-2,4-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolane which is further

reacted with bromine to yield 2-(4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-chlorophenyl)-2-(bromomethyl)-4-

methyl 1,3-dioxolane (Bromoketal).

Chemical Reaction:

STEP: - 1

STEP: - 2



STEP: - 3

STEP: - 4

Mass Balance:

Input In Kg Output In Kg


4-Chloro Phenol 472.3 Recovered 1,3-dichloro benzene 3023

1,3-Dichloro benzene 3779 1,3-dichloro benzene loss 756

K2CO3 550 KCl 440

AlCl3 500 K2CO3 110

Acetyl Chloride 275 HCl 1505

Ethylene dichloride 2500 AlCl3 500

10% HCl 850 Reaction Water 163

Ethanone 729 PTSA 50

1,2- Pentene Diol 390 EDC 2500

PTSA 50 DMF 200

Cyclohexane 2500 Cyclohexane 2500

Bromine 500 Organic Impurity 401

10% Na2CO3 solution 1500 NaBr Solution 1197

Water 8500 Water 8500

Scrbber Water 1200 Scrbber Water 1200


Organic residue 250

Bromo Ketal 1000




7) CCMT:


STEP: - 1

Reaction of Allylchloride with chlorine in presence of hydrochloric acid and catalyst to give a

1,2,3-Trichloro propane.

STEP: - 2

1,2,3- trichloro propane react with Sodium chloride in presnce of water & catalyst to give a

2,3-Dichloro propane 1-ene.

STEP: - 3

2,3-Dichloro proapne 1-ene react with sodium thiocyanatein presence of water to gives a 2-

chloro 3- Isothiocyanato prop-1-ene.

STEP: - 4

2-Chloro 3- Isothiocyanato prop-1-ene react with sulfuryl chloride in presnce of toluene as a

solvent to gives a 2- chloro 5- chloro methyl thiazole.

Chemical Reaction:

STEP: - 1

STEP: - 2



STEP: - 3

STEP: - 4

Mass Balance:



Allyl Chloride 1236 Sulfur Dioxide 640

Hydrochloric acid (35%) 1684 Hydrochloric acid 590

Chlorine Gas 1100 Recoverd toluene 1890

Caustic soda flaKes 650 Toluene loss 210

Catalyst 32 Recovered EDC 1200

NaSCN 952 EDC Loss 200

Sulfuryl chloride 1370 Organic Impurity 2100

Toluene 2100 water for generation 171

Ethylene Dichloride 1400 Sodium chloride 1060

Water 7000 Residue 300

Ejector water 2000 Aq. Effluent 8163

Scrubber water 1890 Ejector Water 2000

CCMT 1000

Scrubber water 1890




8) DEK:


STEP: - 1

Reaction of Propionic acid,water and catalyst under N2 pressure at 360 to 420 °C to give a

diethyl ketone (Gas Phase reaction).

Chemical Reaction:

Mass Balance:



Propionic Acid 1850 Carbon dioxide 538

Metal catalyst 185 Residue 92

Water 500 Aq. Effluent 720

Ejector water 2000 Metal Catalyst 185

Scrubber water 1890 Ejector Water 2000

Diethyl keton 1000

Scrubber water 1890




2.9 WATER REQUIREMENT, WASTEWATER GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT

2.9.1 Assessment of source of the water supply with adequacy of the same to meet with

the requirements for the project. Permission obtained from the concern authority for

supply of raw water.

Total water requirement will be 428.35 KL/day which will be met through GIDC water

supply.

Permission obtained from the concern authority for supply of raw water



2.9.2 UNDERTAKING STATING THAT NO BORE WELL SHALL BE DUG WITHIN THE PREMISES

(IF PROJECT IS LOCATED WITHIN THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATE).



2.9.3 WATER AND WASTEWATER

Total water requirement will be 428.35 KLD (Fresh water= 266.35 KLD + Reused= 162

KLD). The wastewater generations will 237.35 KL/Day (226.35 KLD Industrial + 11.0 KLD

Domestic).

11.0 KL/Day Domestic wastewater will be treated in STP and treated effluent will be


High COD & TDS stream: 170.0 KL/Day Wastewater from process will be sent to Solvent

Stripper then sent to In-house MEE. 151 KL/Day MEE condensate will be reused within

premises and MEE Salt will be send to TSDF site.

Low COD & TDS Stream from process (10 KL/Day) and Dilute Stream (46.35 KL/Day):

56.35 KL/Day Wastewater will be sent to ETP. Total 56.35 KLD will be treated in ETP and

then treated effluent will be sent to CETP for further treatment & disposal.

TABLE 2.5

WATER CONSUMPTION & WASTE WATER GENERATION

WATER CONSUMPTION

Sr.

No.

Category Water Consumption

(KL/Day)

Waste Water Generation

(KL/Day)

1 Domestic 15 11

2 Gardening 20 0

3 Industrial

Process 180 180

Washing 5 5

Boiler 100 5

Cooling 80 8

Scrubbing 28.35 28.35

Total Industrial 393.35 226.35

Grand Total 428.35 237.35



FIG. 2.4 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM:

High COD &

TDS Stream 170.0 KL/Day

ETP 170 KL/Day

Solvent Stripper

– 170 KL/Day

56.35 KL/Day for

further treatment &

final disposal CETP,

Saykha

Domestic 15

KL/Day

Industrial – 393.35

KL/ Day

Scrubbing

28.35

KL/Day

Washing

5.0 KL/Day

Boiler

100.0

KL/

Cooling

80.0 KL/Day Process

180.0 KL/Day

ETP 56.35 KL/Day

Gardening - 20

KL/Day

MEE Condensate:

151.0 KL/Day

Reuse in Industrial

Purpose

Reuse in

Gardening

8.0 KL/Day 5.0 KL/Day

5.0 KL/Day 28.35 KL/Day

180.0

KL/Day

Domestic wastewater

11.0 KL/ Day

Raw Water – 428.35 KL/ Day

(Fresh - 266.35 KL/Day + Reused - 162 KL/Day)

MEE System

168.0 KL/Day

STP System

11.0 KL/Day

MEE Salt

12.0 MT/ Day to

TSDF Site

Solvent

Residue: 2 MTD

to Common

Incineration

MEE Loss

5 KL/Day

Low COD

Stream 10.0 KL/Day

Dilute Stream

46.35 KL/Day



2.9.4 SEGREGATION OF WASTE STREAMS, CHARACTERIZATION AND QUALITY WITH

SPECIFIC TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL OF EACH STREAM INCLUDING ACTION PLAN FOR

MAXIMUM RECYCLE OF TREATED WASTE WATER AND MINIMUM DISCHARGE FOR

EFFLUENT TO MAINTAIN QUALITY OF RECEIVING WATER BODY.

SEGREGATION OF WASTE STREAMS, CHARACTERIZATION AND QUALITY WITH SPECIFIC

TREATMENT:

EXPECTED CHARACTERISTICS OF WASTEWATER BEFORE & AFTER TREATEMENT

Dilute Stream

Sr.

No.

Category of

Wastewater

Before

Treatment

After

Primary

Treatment

After

Secondary

Treatment

After

Tertiary

Treatment

CETP Inlet

Norms

(mg/L)

1 pH 2.5-5.5 4.65 5.95 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

2 COD (mg/L) 5500 3700 1780 1500 3500

3 BOD3 (mg/L) 1800 1200 650 500 1200

4 TDS (mg/L) 8000 8000 8000 8000 10000

5 Ammonical

Nitrogen (mg/L)

40 40 35 35 250

High COD Stream

Sr.

No. Parameter Untreated

After Primary

Treatment

After Solvent

Stripper

MEE

condensate

1 pH 2.5-5.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

2 COD (mg/L) 55000 53000 5000 50

3 BOD (mg/L) 8000 7000 600 30

4 TDS (mg/L) 85000 87600 87600 180

5 Ammonical Nitrogen

(mg/L)

60 60 60 60



2.9.5 EXPLORE THE POSSIBILITIES FOR ZERO LIQUID DISCHARGE (ZLD) OPTION FOR THE

PROPOSED PROJECT.









2.9.6 CAPACITY OF ETP IN KL/DAY. DETAILS OF ETP INCLUDING DIMENSIONS OF EACH

UNIT ALONG WITH SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM. INLET, TRANSITIONAL AND TREATED

EFFLUENT QUALITIES WITH SPECIFIC EFFICIENCY OF EACH TREATMENT UNIT IN

REDUCTION IN RESPECT OF ALL CONCERNED/REGULATED ENVIRONMENTAL

PARAMETERS. INLET EFFLUENT QUALITY SHOULD BE BASED ON WORST CASE SCENARIO

CONSIDERING PRODUCTION OF MOST POLLUTING PRODUCTS THAT CAN BE

MANUFACTURED IN THE PLANT CONCURRENTLY.

M/s. STARLITE PAINTS hall have an Effluent treatment plant consisting of primary&

secondary treatment units. The details of ETP are as follows.

First all non-toxic and biodegradable streams (low & medium COD) of wastewater shall be

collected in Collection cum Neutralization tank-01 (CNT-01) where the continuous addition

and stirring of Caustic solution is done to maintain neutral pH of wastewater from Caustic

Dosing Tank (CDT-01) as per requirement by gravity. Mixer is provided at bottom of the

CNT-01 to keep all suspended solids in suspension and for proper mixing.

Then after, neutralized wastewater shall be pumped to Flash Mixer (FM-01). Alum and

Polyelectrolyte shall be dosed from Alum Dosing Tank (ADT-01) and Polyelectrolyte Dosing

Tank (PEDT-01) respectively by gravity into FM-01 to carry out coagulation by using a Flash

Mixer.

Then after, coagulated wastewater shall be settled in Primary Settling Tank-01 (PST-01).

Clear supernatant from PST-01 shall be passed in Aeration Tank (AT-01). Here,

biodegradation of organic matter of the wastewater shall be carried out by bacteria

(suspended growth) in the AT-1 and for that oxygen shall be supplied by 2 nos. of air

blowers (B-01-A/B) through diffusers. Air blowers also keep MLSS in suspension. Here, the

suspended solids shall be settled, and excess activated sludge shall be sent to Filter Press

(FP-01). Activated sludge shall be removed from bottom of SST-1 and pumped to AT-1 to

maintain MLSS and remaining will be sent to SS-01. Nutrients will be added from NDT-01 to



Aeration Tank for growth of Bacteria. Clear effluent is the collected in Treated Effluent Sump

(TES-01) before sent to CETP for further treatment &disposal.

Sludge settled in PST-01, PCL-01 and excess sludge from SST-01 shall be collected in Sludge

Sumps (SSs-01) then sludge pumped to Filter Press (FP-01) where, dewatering shall be

carried out before storage in HWSA and ultimate disposal to TSDF.

Treatment of high TDS effluent

All High TDS streams of wastewater shall be collected in Collection cum Equalization Tank

(CET-01). Pipe grid is provided at bottom of the CET-01 to keep all suspended solids in

suspension and to provide proper mixing. 2 nos. of Air Blowers B-02-A/B shall supply air

through to pipe grid. Then effluent shall be pumped to Neutralization Tank (NT-01) where

Lime shall be added from Lime Dosing tank. Then after, effluent shall have sent to Flash

Mixer-2 (FM-02) where Alum and poly shall be added from ADT and PDT-01 respectively.

Then after, coagulated wastewater shall be settled in Primary Clarifier (PCL-01).

Clear effluent from PCL-01 shall be collected in Holding Tank (HT-01) before pumped to

strippers (ST-01). Effluent from stripper collected in MEE Feed Tank (MFT-01). Then effluent

shall be sent to Multiple Effect Evaporator (MEE-01) for further treatment followed by

Agitated Thin Film Dryer (ATFD-01) for solids dewatering. Condensate from MEE & ATFD

shall collect in ME Condensate Tank (MECT-01) and pumped back to AT-01 for further

treatment. Solids from ATFD-01 shall be collected and stored in HWSA for disposal in TSDF.

SIZE OF TANKS

Sr.

No. Name of unit Size (m x m x m) No. MOC/ Remark

Stream-I (LOW COD) Flow 56.35 KLD

1 Collection cum Neutralization

Tank (CNT-01)

2.5 m x 2.5 m x (3.0 m+0.5 FB) 1 RCC M30+A/A

Bk. Lining

2 Flash Mixer -01(FM-01) 1.0 m x 1.0 m x(1.5 m +0.5 FB) 1 MSEP/RCC M30

3 Primary Settling Tank (PST-01) 3.0 m x 1.5 m (1.5 m + 0.5 FB) 1 MSEP/RCC M30

4 Aeration Tank (AT-01) 6.0 m x 3.0 m x(4.0 m+0.5 m) 1 RCC M30

5 Secondary Settling Tank(SST-01) 2.5 m x 1.5 m x(2.0 m + 0.5 FB) 1 MSEP

6 Treated Effluent Sump (TES-01) 3.0 m x 3.0 m x(3.0 m+0.5 FB) 1 RCC M30

7 Filter Press (FP-01) 8 M3/D 1 PP+MS

Stream-II(High COD) Flow 170 KLD

1 Collection cum Neutralization

Tank(CNT-01)

5.0 m x 2.5 m x(4.0 m+0.5 m) 1 RCC M30+A/A

Bk. Lining

2 Flash Mixer-2 (FM-02) 2.0 m x 2.0 m x(2.0 m +0.5 FB) 1 MSEP/RCC M30

3 Primary Clarifier -2 4.2 Dia x (3.0 SWD + 0.5) 1 RCC M30

4 Holding Tank 3.5 m x 3.5 m x(3.0 m+0.5 m) 1 RCC M30

5 Stripper 170 M3/D 1 SS316L

6 MEE Feed Tank 4.0 m x 4.0 m x(3.0 m+0.5 m) 1 RCC M30

7 Multi Effect Evaporator (MEE-

01) with Agitated Thin Film

Dryer (ATFD-01)

168 M3/D 1 SS316L

8 Condensate Storage Tank 3.0 m x 3.0 m x(2.5 m+0.5 m) 1 RCC M30



RCC M25 = REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE (M 25 GRADE)

PCC = PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE

MSEP = MILD STEEL EPOXY PAINTED

SS = STAINLESS STEEL

Fig. 2.5 Flow Diagram



MEE SYSTEM

PROCESS DESCRIPTION:

Capacity: 100 KL/Day x 2 Nos

Industry has installed Multi Effect Evaporator for the treatment of industrial effluent (as

an additional facility) having capacity of 100 KL/Day x 2 Nos. The condensate water

generated from the MEE shall be used in process

Neutral effluent from Primary Treatment Plant is passed through 3 stages Evaporator System

and the evaporated water is collected in an Evaporated Water Collection Tank and then

recycled to plant after filtering through sand filter and carbon filter. The sludge from the

evaporators is filtered through Nutsch Filter whereby solid filtered sludge is obtained and

the filtrate is recycled back to process.

Multi stage evaporator (3 - stages) is a long tube forced circulation type evaporators where in

the first effect high pressure steam of 7.0 kg/cm2 is used to evaporate waste water. The

evaporated water in the form of steam at 2.0 kg/cm2g pressure is used for evaporating the

effluent in the second stage at atmospheric pressure. Evaporated water from the second

stage is used for evaporating waste water in the third stage under vacuum of 650- 720 mm

Hg. Finally evaporated water from the third stage is condensed in the steam condenser using

cooling water on other side. Condensate from all the three stages is collected in condensate

receiving tanks, which is pure water and hence reused in the process. Concentrated mass

from each effect is collected in the crystallizer where, on cooling inorganic salts are

precipitated along with organic contaminants. This mass is filtered in CF / Nutsch filter and

filtrate is recycled back to process.

Design of MEE:

No. of Effects : 3 (1 Falling Film + 2 Forced Circulation)

Waste Handling Capacity : 100 m3 / day

Feed Rate : 5000 kg / hour (20 working hours / day)

Feed Concentration : 10 % TDS

Feed Temperature : 35 o C

Product Rate : 1250 kg / hour

Product Concentration : 40 %

Product Temperature : 55 o C

Water Evaporation Rate : 3750 kg / hour



Flow Diagram:

2.9.7 PLANS FOR MANAGEMENT, COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL OF WASTE STREAMS TO BE

GENERATED FROM SPILLAGE, LEAKAGES, VESSEL WASHING, USED CONTAINER WASHING

ETC. MEASURES PROPOSED FOR PREVENTING EFFLUENT DISCHARGE DURING UNFORESEEN

CIRCUMSTANCES.

- All major chemical handling is done through closed system.

- All reaction vessels are connected to scrubber system.

- Dykes will be provided for storage tanks.

- Smoke & fire detection system installed at ware house.

-Spillage of any chemical will be avoided to the maximum extent by closed circuit system i.e.

day tanks are provided with an overflow line having bigger diameter than that of inlet of the

pipe diameter. Standard operating procedures are available to handle spillage and leakage.

Neutralized effluent

from Primary ETP

Solvent Stripper

Column Steam Solvent Evaporation

- Condenser

High COD

Condensate

(Solvent)

Common

Incinerator

MEE Column-1 Steam Water Evaporation -

Condenser

Condensate

Reuse in

Process MEE Column-2 Steam Water Evaporation -

Condenser

MEE Column-3 Steam Water Evaporation -

Condenser

Feed to Evaporator

Steam Condensate

MEE Salt to TSDF Site

for Disposal Site



2.9.8 UNDERTAKING STATING THAT A SEPARATE ELECTRIC METER WILL BE PROVIDED FOR

THE WASTE WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM VIZ. ETP, MEE, ETC.



2.9.9 TREATED EFFLUENT DISCHARGE – MEMBERSHIP CERTIFICATE OF CETP, SAYKHA



2.10 AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM

2.10.1 PROCESS GAS EMISSION

TABLE 2.6 PROCESS GAS EMISSION

Sr.

No. Vent attached to

Stack Height

(Meter) Pollutants

Air pollution Control

System

1 Process vent

(Product No -6)

15 HCL Two Stage Water Scrubber

2 Process vent

(Product No 2)

15 NH3 Two Stage Water Scrubber

3 Process vent

(Product No 2)

15 HBr Two Stage Water Scrubber

4 Process vent

(Product No 7)

15 HCl & SO2 Two Stage Water +Alkali

Scrubber

2.10.2 DETAILS OF THE UTILITIES REQUIRED.

Various utilities required for proper functioning of manufacturing plants. These utilities

include steam boiler, cooling plant, cooling tower, Chilling tower, Air compressor, High

Vacuum System, etc.

2.10.3 TYPE AND QUANTITY (MT/HR & MT/DAY) OF FUEL TO BE USED FOR EACH UTILITY.

Power Requirement

Power requirement: 2000 KVA from DGVCL

DG Set = 500*2 Nos. KVA from D.G. set (Emergency power back up)

Fuel Requirement:

Sr. No. Name Of Fuel Quantity

1. Imported Coal 64 MT/Day

2. Diesel 800 Liters/Day

2.10.4 FLUE GAS EMISSION RATE EMISSION FROM EACH UTILITY

TABLE 2.7 FLUE GAS EMISSION DETAILS

No SOURCE OF

EMISSION

STACK

HEIGHT Fuel PARAMETERS

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL

SYSTEM

1 Boiler - (10

TPH)

30

Meter

Imported

Coal- 32

MT/Day

Pollutants

SPM=≤ 150

Mg/Nm3

SOX=≤ 262

Mg/Nm3

NOX=≤ 94

Mg/Nm3

ESP + Water Scrubber

2

Thermic Fluid

Heater (10 Lac

Kcal/Hr)

36

Meter

Imported

Coal- 32

MT/Day

ESP + Water Scrubber

3

D G Set

(500 KVA *2

NOS.)

18

Meter

Diesel -800

Liters/Day Adequate stack height



2.10.5 LIST THE PROJECT SPECIFIC SOURCES OF FUGITIVE EMISSION ALONG WITH ITS

QUANTIFICATION AND PROPOSED MEASURES TO CONTROL IT.

The emissions are normally defined as emissions to the atmosphere resulting from leaking

piping sources and equipments such as valves, flanges, pump seals, connections, and

compressor seals open end lines and pressure relief valves. The emissions are not visually

observed but can be measured in relatively low concentration at each area of source.

Fugitive emissions will be expected to be generated during construction and operation

stages of the proposed project. During construction stage, main source of fugitive emission

will be dust, which is expected mainly due to movement of vehicles carrying construction

material and vehicles used for construction. During operation stage, leakage through valves,

pumps, emission from open drum containing chemicals, open feeding; storage tanks, etc.

will be the major sources of fugitive emissions of organic chemicals and VOCs. Adequate

dust collector will be installed for control of fugitive emission during loading of raw material

and product. Condensers will be provided to trap VOC. All the Flange joints of the pipe lines

which carry solvents will be covered with flange guards. All the rotating equipments like

pumps will be installed with Mechanical Seals to arrest any sort of emissions. VOC detectors

will be installed at various places to identify any fugitive emissions. Proper gland packing will

be always maintained for pumps and valves and to the extent possible pumps will be with

mechanical seal. A regular preventive maintenance schedule is in place to replace or rectify

all gaskets and joints etc as a part of ISO systems to ensure no fugitive emissions takes

place.

Following measures will be adopted to prevent and control fugitive emissions:

1. Airborne dust at all transfers operations/ points will be controlled either by spraying

water or providing enclosures.

2. Adequate ventilation will be provided.

3. Regular maintenance of valves, pumps, flanges, joints and other equipment will be

done to prevent leakages and thus minimizing the fugitive emissions of VOCs.

4. Entire process will be carried out in the closed reactors with proper maintenance of

pressure and temperature.

5. Periodic monitoring of work area will be carried out to check the fugitive emission.

6. To eliminate chances of leakages from glands of pumps, mechanical seal will be

provided at all solvent pumps.

7. Stand by pumps will be provided on all scrubbers. Besides, scrubbers will be

equipped with on-line pH meter with hooter system for better operational control.

8. Close feeding system will be provided for centrifuges. Centrifuge and filtrate tank

vents will be connected to vent chillers.

9. Minimum number of flanges, joints and valves in pipelines.



10. Regular inspection of floating roof seals and proper preventive maintenance of roofs

and seals for tanks.

11. Fugitive emission over reactors, formulation areas, centrifuges, chemical loading,

transfer area will be collected through hoods and ducts by induced draft and

controlled by scrubber/ dust collector.

12. Dedicated scrubber will be provided are used for fugitive emissions to control.

13. For dust emissions bag filter will be provided.

14. Enclosures to chemical storage area, collection of emission from loading of raw

materials in particular solvents through hoods and ducts by induced draft, and

control by scrubber / dust collector to be ensured.

2.10.6 PROVISION OF CEMS (CONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORING SYSTEM).

We will be install on line monitoring system i.e. TOC & TN analyzer, pH meter & flow meter

for wastewater discharge.

2.11 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT

2.11.1 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE INCLUDING STORAGE,

HANDLING, UTILIZATION AND SAFE DISPOSAL AS PER THE HAZARDOUS AND OTHER

WASTES (MANAGEMENT AND TRANSBOUNDARY MOVEMENT) RULES 2016. CPCB

GUIDELINES IN RESPECT OF SPECIFIC TREATMENT, SUCH AS SOLAR EVAPORATION,

INCINERATION, ETC., NEED TO BE FOLLOWED.

TABLE 2.8

DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE AND ITS DISPOSAL

No. Name of waste Source of

Generation

Category

No.

Proposed

Quantity

(MT/Annum)

Mode of Disposal

1 Discarded

Containers/Bags/L

iners

Storage &

handling of

Raw

Materials

Sch-I/

33.1

120.0 Collection, Storage,

Transportation,

Decontamination &

Disposal by selling to

registered recycler.

2 Used/Spent oil Equipment &

Machineries

Sch-I/

5.1

15 KL Collection, Storage,

Transportation and

reused for Machine

Lubrication / Given to

GPCB registered

reprocessor

3 Used Filters/ Filter

Cloths &

Materials

Process -- 0.5 Collection, Storage,

Transportation and send

to Common Incineration

Facility



4 Used Hy-Flow

Material

Process -- 0.5 Collection, Storage,



Facility

5 Spent Solvent Process Sch-I/

28.6

88250 Collection, Storage,

Transportation and Sold

to solvent distillation unit

under Rule-9 or distilled

within premises and

reuse within premises.

6 Distillation

Residue

Solvent

Distillation

Sch-I/

20.3


Transportation and sell to

co-processing or send to

Common Incineration

Facility

7 Stripper Solvent

Residue

Solvent

Stripper

Sch-I/

28.1

660

8 MEE Salt MEE Sch-I/

35.3


Transportation and

dispose to Landfill at

TSDF

9 ETP Sludge In-house ETP Sch-I/

35.3


Transportation and


TSDF

10 Organic Impurities Process

(Product No

7)

Sch-I/

29.1


Transportation and sell to

co-processing or send to

Common Incineration

Facility

11 Expired Pesticides -- Sch-I/

29.3

What So

Ever

Generates

Collection, Storage,



Facility

12 Spent Catalyst Process

(Product No.

8)

Sch-I/

29.5



to regenerator.

13 Sodium Chloride Process

(Product No.

3)

Sch-I/

29.1


Transportation and


TSDF

14 NaBr solution Process

(Product No.

2)

Sch-I/

29.1


Transportation &

Disposal by selling to

authorized end user

registered under Rule-9.

15 Aq. MnO2 Process

(Product No.

3)

Sch-I/

29.1

4752

16 Hydrobromic Acid Process Sch-I/ 1080



(40%) (Product No.

5) +

Scrubber

29.1

17 N-propyl bromide Process

(Product No

5)

Sch-I/

29.1

697

18 HCl (30%) Process

(Product No

6) +

Scrubber

Sch-II-

Class

B(15)

8127

19 Methyl Acetate Process

(Product No

1)

Sch-I/

29.1

8380

20 KCl Process

(Product No

6)

Sch-I/

29.1

2375

21 NaHSO3 Solution Scrubber Sch-I/

29.1

2500

22 Liq. Ammonia Scrubber Sch-I/

Sch-I/

29.1

300

23 Ash from Boiler -- -- 300 Collection, Storage,

Transportation to brick

manufacturer.

2.11.2 METHODOLOGY OF DE-CONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL OF DISCARDED

CONTAINERS AND ITS RECORD KEEPING.

Decontamination & Disposal of Discarded Containers: The proper disposal of empty

chemical containers is more important for hazardous chemicals as it can contain residual

amounts of chemicals. There can be no more than 1 inch of material left in the container not

more than 3% by weight of the containers capacity. In an effort to ensure that this residue is

handled properly and to be able to recycle or properly dispose of these containers, the

following procedure is to be followed. The below guidelines are useful for non hazardous

chemicals also.

Rinse Procedure: An empty chemical container that contains hazardous chemicals (liquid or

solid), must be rinsed 3 times with water (or appropriate rinsing agent) before being

discarded. The first rinse is collected as chemical waste, it can be put into any waste

container of compatible chemicals, the second & third rinses then go down to drain. If the

chemical is on the list of acutely hazardous waste, then all three rinses are collected. For

solvents or other volatile liquids like benzene, toluene, xylene etc. (not in the list of acutely

hazardous waste) are not rinsed with water. They are placed into an operating fume hood



overnight without the cap to allow the vapors to disperse. After the containers are rinsed,

they are discarded appropriately as described below. All caps are let off of the discarded

containers. Containers are labeled with “Empty” labels and the chemical name is crossed or

blacked out prior to being discarded. Caps are discarded to regular trash.

Reuse /Recycle/ Disposal of cleaned containers:

• All chemicals must follow the above rinse except the volatile Solvents & before being

discarded in any form.

• Metal containers or any plastic containers, plastic tubing or plastic beakers that do not

meet the recycling criteria can be discarded into regular trash.

• Glass containers, glass tubing that do not meet the recycling criteria are to be placed into

trash can for disposal.

• Plastic & glass containers that meet the recycling criteria must be placed in appropriate

recycling containers.

• Empty compressed gas cylinders are returned to vendor.

2.11.3 MANAGEMENT OF BY-PRODUCTS WHICH FALL UNDER THE PURVIEW OF THE

HAZARDOUS AND OTHER WASTES (MANAGEMENT AND TRANSBOUNDARY MOVEMENT)

RULES 2016 AS PER THE SAID RULES AND NECESSARY PERMISSIONS FROM THE CONCERN

AUTHORITY.

Discarded Containers/Bags/Liners will be sell to registered recycler.

Used/Spent oil will be reused for Machine Lubrication / Given to GPCB registered

reprocessors.

Spent Solvent, NaBr solution, Aq. MnO2, Hydro bromic Acid (40%), N-propyl bromide, HCl

(30%), Methyl Acetate, KCl, NAHSO3 Solution, and Liq. Ammonia generated will be sold to

Authorised end user under Rule-9 permission.

Used Filters/Filter Cloths & Materials, Used Hy-Flow Material, MEE Salt, ETP Sludge, Sodium

Chloride will be collected, Stored, Transported and dispose to Landfill at TSDF.

Distillation Residue, Solvent Residue, Organic Impurities, Expired Pesticides will be

Collected, Stored, Transported and send to Common Incineration Facility.

Spent Catalyst will be Collected, Stored, Transported and send to regenerator.

Ash from Boiler will be used for Filling Low Lying Area.



2.11.4 MEMBERSHIP OF COMMON ENVIRONMENTAL INFRASTRUCTURE LIKE TSDF,

COMMON INCINERATION FACILITY (CHWIF), ETC.

Membership Letter for TSDF Disposal at BEIL Infrastructure Ltd.



Membership Letter for Incineration Disposal at BEIL Infrastructure Ltd.



2.12 NOISE LEVEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM

Extensive oiling and lubrication and preventive maintenance shall be carried out to reduce

noise generation at source to the permissible limit. Acoustic enclosures provided for DG set.

The Noise level is within the prescribed limit. At noisy area, adequate preventive & control

measures are taken. No significant noise, vibration or emission of light & heat from the unit.

2.13 SUMMARY

M/S. Starlite Paints proposed pesticide specific intermediates (450 Mt/Month)

Manufacturing Plant at Plot No. DP-46, Saykha Industrial Estate, Tal: Vagra, dist.:

Bharuch, Gujarat. Proposed project falls in category A - 5(b) as company is located inside of

Notified Industrial Area of GIDC - Saykha that’s why we applied for Environmental Clearance

at MoEF & CC, New Delhi. Site being located in GIDC, there will be easy availability of fuel,

CETP, TSDF, man-power and easy availability of raw materials. Unit is having Total

10,800.675 sq. meter land area at site; out of this area about 3565 sq. meter (33 %) area is

covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery. 2000 KVA Power from DGVCL. DG Set of

500*2 KVA for power back up. Source of water will be met through Saykha GIDC Water

Supply. Total water requirement will be 428.35 KL/day. Total employment will be approx.

100 direct to local skilled and unskilled people based on qualification and requirement and

preference will be given to local person for fulfilment of the manpower requirement. Solid/

hazardous wastes will be disposed as per Hazardous and Other Waste (Management and

Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.



CHAPTER – 3

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 INTRODUCTION

The baseline status of environmental quality in the vicinity of project site serves as the basis

for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. The baseline environmental quality

is assessed through field studies within the impact zone for various components of the

environment, viz. air, noise, water, and land and socio-economic. The baseline

environmental quality has been assessed in the Post Monsoon season of October 2020 to

December 2020 in a study area of 10 km radial distance from the project site.

The environmental setting is considered to establish the baseline conditions which are

described with respect to following:

Land environment

Land Use Pattern

Water Environment

Air Environment

Meteorology

Noise Environment

Ecology

Topography

Demography and Socio-economic Environment

3.2 METHODOLOGY

Following the guidelines of MoEFCC, the baseline environmental study was conducted. The

details of the study period, frequency of sampling & method of environmental sampling &

analysis are shown below in succeeding paragraphs under respective titles.

3.2.1 STUDY PERIOD & FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING

The period of study determined was October 2020 to December 2020. The frequency of

various environmental sampling & analysis was determined following the guidelines

provided by MoEF in online EIA Manual. The details of frequency of environmental sampling

considered for the study are illustrated in Table – 3.1.



TABLE 3.1

FREQUENCY OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Attributes Sampling

Locations Frequency

A. Air Environment

Meteorological Project Site 1 hourly continuous for

Study Period

Ambient Air Quality 11 locations in the study area

(10 km radius from project site)

24 hourly twice a week

during study period

B. Noise Various Locations within the study

area

(10 Km radius from project site)

Once during Study Period

C. Water

Ground Water Grab samples from 11 Locations from

Study Area



Surface Water

Grab samples from 2 Locations



D. Soil Quality Soil samples from 11 locations within

study area


E. Land Use & Land Cover Study area (10 km from Project Site) Once during Study Period

F. Ecological Data Study area (10 km from Project Site) Once during Study Period

G. Socioeconomic Data Study area (10 km from Project Site) Once during Study Period



3.2.2 METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS

The method adopted for environmental sampling & analysis is illustrated in following

Table - 3.2

TABLE 3.2

METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS

Attributes Method

Sampling / Preservation Analysis

A. Air Environment

1) Micro meteorological

data

2) Ambient Air Quality

Mechanical/automatic

1) Spectrum weather station &

IMD

2) 2.5 Micron dust samplers &

RSPM samplers having the facility

to collect the gaseous samples

-----

IS 5182 & CPCB

B. Noise Instrument: Noise level meter --

C. Water & Waste

Water

1) Ground Water

2) Surface Water

Standard Methods for

Examination of Water and

Wastewater Analysis, published

by APHA 23rd edition, 2016

Standard Methods for

Examination of Water and

Wastewater Analysis, published

by APHA 23rd edition, 2016

Soil Quality Laboratory Guide for Conducting

Soil Test & Plant Analysis, by J.

Benton Jones, Jr.

Laboratory Guide for Conducting

Soil Test & Plant Analysis, by J.

Benton Jones,

Land Use & Land Cover As Secondary data-analysis by

Akshar Enviromatics, Vadodara

As Secondary data-analysis by

Akshar Enviromatics, Vadodara

F. Geology & Geo-

Hydrology

Secondary data from Akshar

Enviromatics, Vadodara



G. Ecological Data Secondary data from Akshar




H. Socioeconomic Data Secondary data from Akshar






3.2.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

The baseline environmental study was carried out for Ambient Air, Water, Land, Noise,

Biological & Socioeconomic environment. The study period was October 2020 to December

2020. The environmental samples were collected from the selected location of the study

area. The scenario of environmental condition of the area revealed from the sample & data

analysis is described below in subsequent paragraphs.

3.3 MICROMETEOROLOGY

The climate of Gujarat is varied, as it is moist in the southern districts and dry in the

northern region. The Arabian Sea and the Gulf of Cambay in the west and the forest-

covered hills in the east soften the rigors of climatic extremes, consequently reducing the

temperature and render the climate more pleasant and healthy. Bharuch lies along the

southern part of the state and experiences a climate with aridity index of 15 to 20 per cent

indicating adequate moisture availability in the soils for most part of the year. The annual

meteorological data (Temperature, Relative Humidity, Rainfall and Wind speed) for the year

2020 was collected from own weather station.

3.3.1 TEMPERATURE DETAILS

Minimum, Maximum and Average Temperatures for Bharuch Station of the year 2020 are

given in Table 3.3.

TABLE 3.3

TEMPERATURE DATA

Month

(2020)

Minimum

Temperature

(0C)

Maximum

Temperature

(0C)

Average

Temperature

(0C)

January 13 32 22

February 14 36 25

March 18 37 27

April 24 41 32

May 28 40 32

June 25 35 30

July 20 33 29

August 25 33 28

September 25 35 29

October 22 36 30

November 19 36 27

December 13 34 24



3.3.2 RELATIVE HUMIDITY (RH)

Minimum, Maximum and Average Monthly Relative Humidity for Bharuch Station of the

year 2020 is given in Table 3.4.

TABLE 3.4

RELATIVE HUMIDITY DATA

Month (2020) Minimum R.H.% Maximum R.H.% Average R.H.%

January 21 58 44

February 15 64 53

March 18 60 49

April 19 67 58

May 18 66 57

June 50 91 80

July 62 98 86

August 67 99 92

September 58 98 85

October 27 78 62

November 21 69 57

December 25 58 46



3.3.3 RAINFALL

Rainfall data for Bharuch Station of the year 2020 is presented in Table 3.5.

TABLE 3.5

RAINFALL DATA

Month

(2020)

Monthly Total

(mm) Numbers of Rainy Days

January 00 00

February 00 00

March 0.65 04

April 00 00

May 0.2 01

June 32.38 23

July 68.95 29

August 169.13 31

September 52.95 27

October 18.53 10

November 00 00

December 2.9 01

Total 345.69 126

Total rainfall, during the monsoon period, has been recorded as 345.69 mm.



3.3.4 WIND SPEED

Wind speed for Bharuch Station of the year 2020 is given in Table 3.6.

TABLE 3.6

WIND SPEED DATA

Sr. No. Month (2020) Average Wind speed (KMPH)

1. January 11.8

2. February 12.7

3. March 14

4. April 14.8

5. May 17.6

6. June 21.8

7. July 20.6

8. August 20.4

9. September 10.3

10. October 8.7

11. November 10.4

12. December 10.5

Average 14.47



3.3.5 TEMPERATURE, RELATIVE HUMIDITY & WIND SPEED

The site-specific data were collected for October 2020 to December, 2020. Data are

tabulated in Table 3.7.

TABLE - 3.7

SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA (PERIOD: OCTOBER 2020 TO DECEMBER, 2020)

METEOROLOGICAL PARAMETER MONTH

OCTOBER,

2020

NOVEMBER,

2020

DECEMBER,

2020

Temperature (0C)

Min.

Max.

Avg.

22

36

30

19

36

27

13

34

24

Relative Humidity (%)

Min.

Max.

Avg.

27

78

62

21

69

57

25

58

46

Wind Speed (km/h)

Min.

Max.

Avg.

00

19

7

00

18

10

00

20

11

There was no rainfall during the study period.



3.3.6 WIND ROSE

Wind rose is a graphical representation of the magnitude and direction of wind speed

considering all the directions. With the help of wind rose diagram one can easily predict the

direction and extent of spreading of the gaseous and particulate matter from the source.

Wind rose diagrams & stability class distribution are prepared for the study area and

presented in Figures - 3.1 & 3.2 respectively.

FIGURES - 3.1

WIND ROSE DIAGRAM



FIGURE-3.2

STABILITY CLASS DISTRIBUTION



3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with National Ambient Air

Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was carried

out at eleven locations during the study period.

The air quality status in the impact zone is assessed through a network of ambient air

quality monitoring locations. The tropical climatic conditions mainly control the transport

and dispersion of air pollutant emissions during various seasons.

The conventional and project specific parameters such as Suspended Particulate Matter,

Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM10), Respirable Suspended

Particulate Matter (RSPM- PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx),

Ammonia (NH3), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Benzene (C6H6), Hydro

Carbon (HC), HCl, HBr & Carbon Monoxide (CO) were monitored at site.

The values for mentioned concentrations of various pollutants at all the monitoring

locations were processed for different statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, minimum

concentration, and maximum concentration and percentile values. The baselines levels of

Suspended Particulate Matter, Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM10),

Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of

Nitrogen (NOx), Ammonia (NH3), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Benzene

(C6H6), Hydro Carbon (HC), HCl, HBr & Carbon Monoxide (CO) are expressed in terms of

various statistical parameters.

To establish the baseline status around the project site of the study region monitoring was

conducted at 11 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) Stations in and around the study

region during October 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020.



FIGURE - 3.3

LOCATIONS OF THE AMBIENT AIR, NOISE, WATER AND SOIL



TABLE - 3.8

LOCATIONS OF THE AMBIENT AIR, NOISE, WATER AND SOIL

SR.

NO. NAME OF VILLAGE

BEARING

W.R.T.

PROJECT

SITE

APPROXIMAT

E RADIAL

DISTANCE

FROM

PROJECT

SITE (KM)

AMBIENT

AIR

NOIS

E WATER SOIL

TYPE OF

AREA

1. Project site -- -- A1 N1 GW1 S1 Industrial

2. Vorasamni E 6.17 A2 N2 GW2 S2 Residential

3. Vilayat SE 7.40 A3 N3 GW3 S3 Residential

4. Bhersam SE 4.43 A4 N4 GW4 S4 Residential

5. Cholad SE 6.33 A5 N5 GW5 S5 Residential

6. Saladara NE 8.44 A6 N6 GW6 S6 Residential

7. Saykha SW 1.34 A7 N7 GW7 S7 Residential

8. Saran NE 2.75 A8 N8 GW8 S8 Residential

9. Vahiyal NW 3.89 A9 N9 GW9 S9 Residential

10. Kothia SW 4.50 A10 N10 GW10 S10 Residential

11. Khojbal SW 9.40 A11 N11 GW11 S11 Residential

12. Khojbal Pond SW 9.40 -- -- SW1 -- Residential

13. Cholad Pond SE 6.22 -- -- SW2 -- Residential



TABLE - 3.9

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS (OCTOBER, 2020 TO DECEMBER, 2020)

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

SAMPLING

DURATION

SPM PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx NH3 O3 Pb

g/m3

1. Project site (A1) 24 hours 129.9 72.85 43.61 11.63 13.52 BDL 11.89 BDL

2. Vorasamni (A2) 24 hours 127.6 73.06 42.78 10.93 11.49 BDL 12.01 BDL

3. Vilayat (A3) 24 hours 138.3 75.82 45.63 13.21 15.47 BDL 12.91 BDL

4. Bhersam (A4) 24 hours 135.4 74.15 44.22 12.15 13.63 BDL 12.17 BDL

5. Cholad (A5) 24 hours 129.8 72.06 42.56 11.63 12.91 BDL 10.68 BDL

6. Saladara (A6) 24 hours 127.1 71.58 42.29 9.13 10.25 BDL 12.61 BDL

7. Saykha (A7) 24 hours 137.4 78.63 47.41 14.38 16.96 BDL 13.45 BDL

8. Saran (A8) 24 hours 128.4 72.75 42.81 10.58 11.31 BDL 10.45 BDL

9. Vahiyal (A9) 24 hours 126.2 71.92 42.15 10.93 12.27 BDL 10.75 BDL

10. Kothia (A10) 24 hours 133.8 73.98 44.42 12.55 13.43 BDL 11.59 BDL

11. Khojbal (A11) 24 hours 131.5 71.88 42.74 11.92 12.34 BDL 11.08 BDL

NAAQS 500 100 60 80 80 400 180 --

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

As Ni C6H6 CO HC VOC HCl HBr

ng/m3 ng/m3 g/m3 mg/m3 ppm ppm g/m3

1. Project site (A1) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.5 BDL BDL

2. Vorasamni (A2) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.4 BDL BDL

3. Vilayat (A3) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.5 BDL BDL

4. Bhersam (A4) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.4 BDL BDL

5. Cholad (A5) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.3 BDL BDL

6. Saladara (A6) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.6 BDL BDL

7. Saykha (A7) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.5 BDL BDL

8. Saran (A8) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.6 BDL BDL

9. Vahiyal (A9) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.6 BDL BDL

10. Kothia (A10) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.4 BDL BDL

11. Khojbal (A11) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.5 BDL BDL

NAAQS 6 20 5 4 -- -- 200 --

Note: BDL = Below Detectable Limit



The Minimum Detectable Limits for various parameters are as below:

Parameters Value

Lead (as Pb) 0.5 g/m3

Nickel (as Ni) 10 ng/m3

Benzene (as C6H6) 2 g/m3

Arsenic (as As) 2 ng/m3

Benzo (α) Pyrene (BaP) 0.5 ng/m3

Hydrocarbon (HC) 1 ppm

Carbon Monoxide (CO) 1.14 mg/m3

Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) 1.0 µg/Nm3

Hydrogen Bromide (HBr) 5.0 µg/m3

Ammonia (NH3) 1 µg/m3

VOC (Aeroqual Series 300 (Sensor VOC 0 - 25ppm) 0.1 ppm



TABLE 3.9 (A) (CONTD.)

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS- MINIMUM, MAXIMUM, 98TH PERCENTILE VALUE &

AVERAGE (24 HRS.) (OCTOBER, 2020 TO DECEMBER, 2020) Unit: g/m3

SR.

NO. SAMPLING LOCATION PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

1 Project-Site (A1)

Arithmetic Mean 72.87 43.62 11.62 13.54

Min – Max 66-76 39-47 7-15 9-17

98th Percentile 75.54 46.54 14.54 16.08

2 Vorasamni (A2)

Arithmetic Mean 73.08 42.79 10.91 11.45

Min – Max 67-76 39-46 7-15 8-16

98th Percentile 75.54 46 14.54 15.08

3 Vilayat (A3)

Arithmetic Mean 75.83 45.62 13.20 15.45

Min – Max 69-79 41-49 9-17 11-19

98th Percentile 78.54 48.54 16.54 18.54

4 Bhersam (A4)

Arithmetic Mean 74.16 44.20 12.16 13.62

Min – Max 69-79 40-49 8-15 8-18

98th Percentile 78.54 48.54 14.54 17.54

5 Cholad (A5)

Arithmetic Mean 72.04 42.58 11.62 12.91

Min – Max 68-76 39-46 7-15 9-16

98th Percentile 75.54 45.54 14.54 15.08

6 Saladara (A6)

Arithmetic Mean 71.58 42.29 9.12 10.25

Min – Max 68-76 39-46 5-15 7-14

98th Percentile 75.54 45.54 14.54 13.54

7 Saykha (A7)

Arithmetic Mean 78.66 47.41 14.37 17

Min – Max 74-82 43-51 12-18 13-20

98th Percentile 81.54 50.54 17.54 19.54

8 Saran (A8)

Arithmetic Mean 72.70 41.95 10.58 11.33

Min – Max 66-76 37-46 5-15 8-16

98th Percentile 75.54 46 14.54 15.08



9 Vahiyal (A9)

Arithmetic Mean 71.95 42.16 10.91 12.37

Min – Max 68-76 38-46 6-15 8-16

98th Percentile 75.54 45.54 14.54 15.54

10 Kothia (A10)

Arithmetic Mean 73.95 44.45 12.54 13.41

Min – Max 67-77 40-49 9-15 8-18

98th Percentile 76.54 48.54 14.54 17.54

11 Khojbal (A11)

Arithmetic Mean 71.87 42.75 11.91 12.33

Min – Max 68-76 39-46 7-15 8-16

98th Percentile 75.54 45.54 14.54 15.54

Limit 100 60 80 80

3.4.1 AIR SUMMARY

During the study SPM concentration was observed in the range of 126.2 – 138.3 µg/m3.

Maximum concentration of SPM was found at Vilayat (138.3 µg/m3), which is well within

the standard limit.

During the study PM10.0 concentration was observed in the range of 71.6 – 78.6 µg/m3.

Maximum concentration of PM10.0 was found at Sayakha (76.7 µg/m3), which is well

within the standard limit.


Maximum concentration of PM2.5 was found at Sayakha (47 µg/m3), which is well within

the standard limit.

During the study SO2 concentration was observed in the range of 9.1 – 14.4 µg/m3.

Maximum concentration of SO2 was found at Sayakha (13.5 µg/m3), which is well within

the standard limit.

During the study NOx concentration was observed in the range of 10.3 – 17 µg/m3.

Maximum concentration of NOx was found at Sayakha (15.5 µg/m3), which is well within

the standard limit.

The statistical interpretation of observed ambient air quality concentrations is presented in

Table-3.9. They represent the cross-sectional distribution of the baseline air quality status of

the study region.

Sr.

No.

Criteria

Pollutants

Unit Maximum

Value

Minimum

Value

98 Percentile

Value

Prescribed

Standard

1. PM10 g/m3 78.6 71.6 78 100

2. PM2.5 g/m3 47.4 42.2 47 60

3. SO2 g/m3 14.4 9.1 14 80

4. NOx g/m3 17.0 10.3 17 80



3.4.2 INTERPRETATION

The PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations at all the AAQM locations were primarily caused by local

phenomena including industrial & vehicular activities and natural dust getting air borne due

to manmade activities and blowing wind. PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations were observed

below stipulated standards of CPCB for Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area at all air

quality-monitoring locations during the monitoring period. Results of all other parameters

are found below detectable limit. The interpretation relates to the results found for

particular locations and date of monitoring.

3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The objective of the noise level survey around the project site was to identify existing noise

sources and to measure background noise levels. Major noise sources in the study area are

industries, commercial, and vehicular movements. Major human settlement in the study

area is Vagra, which is about 5.41 km away from project site. The noise monitoring locations

are given in Table - 3.8 and shown in Figure - 3.2 while the results of noise monitoring are

given in Table - 3.10.

3.5.1 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING

The noise monitoring was carried out at 10 locations in day time during (6 am to 10 pm) and

at night time (10 pm to 6 am) in the study area covering all the areas i.e. industrial,

commercial, residential and silence zones as mentioned in Noise (Pollution and Control)

Rules, 2000. CPCB Recommendations for community noise exposure are attached as

Annexure – 2. Hourly Equivalent noise levels Leq (day) and Leq (night) were measured at

each monitoring locations. One day monitoring on October 6, 2020 during day and

nighttime was carried out at all the locations.

INDIAN STANDARDS FOR NOISE LEVEL

Sr.

No. Locations

Noise Level

in Day Time

dB(A)

Noise Level in

Night Time

dB(A)

1 Industrial Area 75 65

2 Commercial Area 65 55

3 Residential Area 55 45

4 Silence Zone i.e. Hospital, Educational institute etc. 50 45



TABLE - 3.10

BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS

SR.

NO. LOCATION

NOISE LEVEL IN DB(A) CPCB LIMIT

DB(A)

DAY TIME NIGHT TIME DAY

TIME

NIGHT

TIME

MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. MAX. MAX.

A) RESIDENTIAL AREA

1. Vorasamni (N1) 52 53.9 42.3 43.9 <55 <45

2. Vilayat (N2) 51.3 52.6 41.7 45.3 <55 <45

3. Bhersam (N3) 50.8 52.8 42.3 44 <55 <45

4. Cholad (N4) 49.4 51.3 39.9 40.5 <55 <45

5. Saladara (N5) 52.3 53.7 42.3 43.6 <55 <45

6. Saykha (N6) 52.5 53.7 40.6 44.2 <55 <45

7. Saran (N7) 50.4 53.8 40.1 42.5 <55 <45

8. Vahiyal (N8) 48.3 50.5 41.1 43.8 <55 <45

9. Kothia (N9) 49.5 52.4 38.7 40.5 <55 <45

10. Khojbal (N10) 48.3 51.5 38.9 40.4 <55 <45

B) COMMERCIAL AREA (TRANSPORTATION)

1 Nr. Bhersam Bypass 58.0 61.2 52.4 53.7 <65 <55

2. Nr. Saykha Bypass 58.6 61.5 50.9 53.2 <65 <55

3. Nr. Saran Bypass 62.5 63.2 52.2 54.5 <65 <55

4. Nr. Sutrel Bypass 63.3 64.5 52.1 52.3 <65 <55

5. Nr. Kothia Bypass 57.4 59.8 49.7 52.3 <65 <55

C) INDUSTRIAL AREA

1. M/S. Maldeep Catalysts Pvt. Ltd 65.8 67.5 63.1 64.3 ≤75 ≤70

2. M/S. Mahavir Synthesis Pvt. Ltd. 65.3 67.3 63.2 65.4 ≤75 ≤70

3. M/S. Mohan Poly Fab Pvt. Ltd. 66.5 67.9 64.1 66.2 ≤75 ≤70

4. M/S. Archrom Organics Llp 66.3 67.3 64.6 65.0 ≤75 ≤70

5. M/S. Gharda Chemicals Ltd. 65.6 66.3 62.2 63.8 ≤75 ≤70

6. Nr.M/S. Dharmaj Cropguard

Ltd.

66.4 68.3 65.5 67.4 ≤75 ≤70



3.5.2 NOISE SUMMARY

INDUSTRIAL

SR.

NO. PARAMETER UNIT

MAXIMUM

VALUE

MINIMUM

VALUE

PRESCRIBED

STANDARD

1. Leq (Day) dB (A) 68.3 65.3 75

2. Leq (Night) dB (A) 67.4 62.2 70

RESIDENTIAL

SR.

NO. PARAMETER UNIT

MAXIMUM

VALUE

MINIMUM

VALUE

PRESCRIBED

STANDARD

1. Leq (Day) dB (A) 53.9 48.3 55

2. Leq (Night) dB (A) 45.3 38.7 45


Based on noise level data obtained during the survey for residential area and industrial

area, it is interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by

MoEF&CC. Looking towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that

there is need to apply noise-reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate

public awareness.



3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The annual rainfall in the region was 345.69 mm. The baseline water quality status in the

region is established by analyzing surface water and ground water. Water requirement at

site will be met through GIDC water supply.

3.6.1 METHODOLOGY FOR WATER QUALITY MONITORING

11 nos. of ground water and 2 nos. of surface water samples were collected from the

study area. These samples were analyzed for physic-chemical parameters to ascertain the

baseline status in the existing surface water and ground water bodies. Samples were

collected during the study period of October to December 2020 and analyzed as per the

Standard Methods of Water and Wastewater Analysis (APHA).

TABLE - 3.11

GROUND & SURFACE WATER QUALITY

WATER QUALITY- PHYSICAL PARAMETERS (OCTOBER, 2020 TO DECEMBER, 2020)

SR.

NO. SAMPLING LOCATION pH

TEMPERATURE

(0C)

TURBIDITY

(NTU)

T.D.S.

(mg/L)

T.S.S.

(mg/L)

1. Project site (GW1) 8.13 25.0 0.60 650 < 10

2. Vorasamni (GW2) 7.55 25.1 0.90 350 12

3. Vilayat (GW3) 7.96 25.0 0.20 1056 < 10

4. Bhersam (GW4) 7.96 25.0 1.00 2082 16

5. Cholad (GW5) 8.25 25.1 0.50 520 10

6. Saladara (GW6) 7.96 25.0 0.50 2054 14

7. Saykha (GW7) 7.91 24.9 0.9 1862 <10

8. Saran (GW8) 7.84 24.9 0.5 2088 <10

9. Vahiyal (GW9) 7.78 25 0.8 2006 14

10. Kothia (GW10) 7.55 25 0.4 238 <10

11. Khojbal (GW11) 7.7 25.1 0.9 190 <10

12. Cholad Pond (SW1) 7.33 25 3.7 358 <10

13. Khojbal Pond (SW2) 7.85 25 2.8 184 12

GW= Ground water, SW= Surface water



WATER QUALITY - NUTRIENTS, OXYGEN DEMAND AND ORGANIC PARAMETERS

SR.

NO. SAMPLING LOCATION

AMMONICAL

NITROGEN DO COD BOD3

27 OIL &

GREASE

(mg/L)

1. Project site (GW1) BDL 7.08 1.98 < 1.0 BDL

2. Vorasamni (GW2) BDL 7.28 13.22 2.9 BDL

3. Vilayat (GW3) BDL 7.28 11.24 2.9 BDL

4. Bhersam (GW4) BDL 7.18 12.56 2.9 BDL

5. Cholad (GW5) BDL 7.28 1.32 <1.0 BDL

6. Saladara (GW6) BDL 7.08 8.59 1.9 BDL

7. Saykha (GW7) BDL 7.08 5.95 2 BDL

8. Saran (GW8) BDL 7.28 14.84 2.7 BDL

9. Vahiyal (GW9) BDL 7.18 13.88 2.6 BDL

10. Kothia (GW10) BDL 6.98 13.22 2.8 BDL

11. Khojbal (GW11) BDL 7.08 9.25 2.9 BDL

12. Cholad Pond (SW1) BDL 7.28 8.59 2.9 BDL

13. Khojbal Pond (SW2) BDL 7.08 8.59 2.9 BDL


WATER QUALITY - INORGANIC PARAMETERS


T.H.= Total Hardness, C.H.= Calcium Hardness, BDL= Below Detectable Limit

SR.


TOTAL

ALKALINITY

(AS CACO3)

T.H.

(AS

CACO3)

C.H.

(AS

CACO3)

Cl- SO4—2 Mg

(mg/L)

1. Project site (GW1) 425 66.26 18.07 43.15 21.34 11.71

2. Vorasamni (GW2) 150 162.6 94.37 29.07 9.85 16.58

3. Vilayat (GW3) 320 405.6 102.4 151.3 36.4 73.68

4. Bhersam (GW4) 380 578.3 212.8 732.3 89.13 88.8

5. Cholad (GW5) 420 54.21 16.06 22.17 11.59 9.27

6. Saladara (GW6) 540 125.7 334.8 344.06 17.95 191.9

7. Saykha (GW7) 645 445.8 122.5 487.8 169.5 78.55

8. Saran (GW8) 860 552.6 210.8 778.8 206.9 107.2

9. Vahiyal (GW9) 280 589.02 299.2 773.8 136.5 111.7

10. Kothia (GW10) 110 110.4 72.28 12.81 14.58 9.27

11. Khojbal (GW11) 115 120.5 76.3 12.81 13.83 10.73

12. Cholad Pond (SW1) 130 116.46 94.37 70.46 17.98 5.36

13. Khojbal Pond (SW2) 135 96.38 62.24 17.24 12.34 8.29



WATER QUALITY - HEAVY METALS

SR.


Na T-Cr+3 Cu Pb Fe Zn K Cd F-

(mg / L)

1. Project site (GW1) 236.9 BDL BDL BDL 0.27 BDL 3.48 BDL BDL

2. Vorasamni (GW2) 29.76 BDL BDL BDL 0.18 BDL 3.48 BDL BDL

3. Vilayat (GW3) 238.1 BDL BDL BDL 0.24 BDL 17.39 BDL BDL

4. Bhersam (GW4) 389.1 BDL BDL BDL 0.11 BDL 21.74 BDL BDL

5. Cholad (GW5) 235.3 BDL BDL BDL 0.11 BDL 11.3 BDL BDL

6. Saladara (GW6) 356.8 BDL BDL BDL 0.13 BDL 35.6 BDL BDL

7. Saykha (GW7) 381.3 BDL BDL BDL 0.2 BDL 45.2 BDL BDL

8. Saran (GW8) 340.7 BDL BDL BDL 0.13 BDL 2.61 BDL BDL

9. Vahiyal (GW9) 281.3 BDL BDL BDL 1.17 BDL 7.97 BDL BDL

10. Kothia (GW10) 10.04 BDL BDL BDL 1.7 BDL 2 BDL BDL

11. Khojbal (GW11) 9.63 BDL BDL BDL 0.18 BDL 4.99 BDL BDL

12. Cholad Pond (SW1) 68.68 BDL BDL BDL 1.06 BDL 1.79 BDL BDL

13. Khojbal Pond (SW2) 43.82 BDL BDL BDL 0.31 BDL 1.19 BDL BDL

Minimum Detection Limit:

**Total Chromium (as

Cr+3)

: 0.005

mg/L

Total Iron (as Fe) : 0.01 mg/L

Copper (as Cu) : 0.05 mg/L **Zinc (as Zn) : 0.022 mg/L

Fluoride (as F-) : 0.05 mg/L

*Not in our NABL Scope, **Analyzed by Sub Contractor (Not in our NABL Scope)

SUMMARY

The statistical interpretation of observed ground water & surface water quality is

presented in Table-3.11.



3.6.2 BASELINE GROUND WATER QUALITY

pH of Ground water samples varied from 7.55 to 8.25. Maximum pH was found at

Cholad (8.25), which is well within the standard limit.

Total Suspended Solids was varied the range of 10 to 16 mg/L. Maximum TSS was found

at Bhersam (16.0 mg/L), which is well within the standard limit.

Total Hardness (as CaCO3) was varied in the range of from 54.21 to 1125.7 mg/L.

Maximum Total Hardness was found at Valiyal (589.02 mg/L), which is well within the

standard limit.

Total Dissolved Solids was varied in range of 190 to 2088 mg/L. Maximum Total

Dissolved Solids was found at Saran (2088 mg/L), which is well within the standard

limit.

Chlorides were varied in the range of 12.81 to 778.8 mg/L. Maximum Chlorides was

found at Saran (778.8 mg/L), which is well within the standard limit.

DO was varied in range of 6.98 to 7.28 mg/L. Maximum DO was found at Cholad (7.28

mg/L), which is well within the standard limit.

COD was varied in range of 1.32 to 14.84 mg/L. Maximum COD was found at Saran

(14.84 mg/L), which is well within the standard limit.

TABLE - 3.11 (a)

Sr.

No. Criteria Pollutants Unit

Maximum

Value

Minimum

Value

Desirable

Limit

Maximum

Permissible

Limit

1. Ph pH Scale 8.25 7.55 6.5-8.5 No

Relaxation

2. Total Suspended Solids mg/l 16 10 80 120

3. Total Hardness mg/l 589.02 54.21 200 600

4. Fluoride mg/l <0.05 <0.05 1 1.5

5. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 2088 190 500 2100

6. Chlorides mg/l 778.8 12.81 250 1000

7. Zinc mg/l 0.17 0.06 5 15



3.6.3 BASELINE SURFACE WATER QUALITY

pH of Surface water samples varied from 7.33 to 7.85. Maximum pH was found at

Khojbal Pond (7.85), which is well within the standard limit.

DO was varied in range of 7.08 to 7.28 mg/L. Maximum DO was found at Cholad Pond


COD was varied in range of 8.59 mg/L. Maximum COD was found at Cholad Pond (8.59


BOD327 was varied in range of BDL to 2.9 mg/L. Maximum BOD3

27 was found at Cholad

Pond (2.9 mg/L), which is well within the standard limit.

TABLE - 3.11 (b)

Sr.

No.

Criteria

Pollutants Unit

Maximum

Value

Minimum

Value

Classification Of Inland Water

Body

A

1. pH pH Scale 7.85 7.33 A

2. DO mg/l 7.28 7.08 A

3. COD mg/l 8.59 8.59 A

4. BOD mg/l 2.9 2.9 B

3.6.4 INTERPRETATION:

Ground Water Quality: Based on comparison study with drinking water standards, it is

interpreted that water samples collected from the villages should not be directly used in

drinking but can be used in other domestic purposes like washing, bathing and irrigation.

Results of Fluoride, copper, lead in the water sample of all the villages are BDL. It can be

observed that ground water qualities in terms of various essential and desirable

characteristics are found within the limits specified by IS 10500:2012.

Surface Water Quality: There are eight ponds considered in the study area. However, this

water is not used for domestic/industrial activities; as the raw water is easily available

through pipelines of local authorities. The water quality is good and it was observed that all

the parameters are well within the range of acceptance criteria as per IS: 10500.



3.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.7.1 SOIL QUALITY

Soil samples were collected from 11 locations during October to December, 2020 within the study area to assess its physico-chemical

characteristics. The analysis results of soil samples are given in Table 3.12.

TABLE – 3.12

PHYSICO-CHEMICALS CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL

SR.

NO. PARAMETER UNIT

PROJECT

SITE VORASAMNI VILAYAT BHERSAM CHOLAD SALADARA SAYKHA SARAN VALIYAL KOTHIA KHOJBAL

1. Moisture

Content %

8.69 4.31 11.46 5.04 5.72 5.94 4.75 7.47 7.34 8.03 7.54

*Total Solids % 91.31 95.69 88.54 94.96 94.28 94.06 95.25 92.53 92.66 91.97 92.46

2. pH -- 7.51 7.25 7.23 7.22 7.74 7.01 7.42 7.58 7.82 7.23 7.76

3. Temperature oC 25.1 24.9 25 24.9 25 25 25 25 25.1 25 25

4. EC mS/cm 0.175 0.248 0.082 0.242 0.192 0.155 0.212 0.456 0.121 0.119 0.124

5. Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.18 1.25 1.27 1.22 1.37 1.19 1.1 1.28 1.25 1.13 1.08

6. Porosity % 55.48 52.83 52.08 53.97 48.31 55.1 58.5 51.8 52.84 57.36 59.25

7. Water Holding

Capacity (WHC)

% 58.23 65.37 56.5 60.74 66.07 69.11 64.33 67.05 61.43 88.21 60.94

8. *Specific Gravity -- 2.42 2.23 2.39 2.12 2.32 2.51 2.3 2.51 2.35 2.4 2.56

9. Calcium (as

Ca+2)

mg/Kg 938.24 2859.68 2378.7 935.84 939.8 652.48 692.1 959.68 828 975.52 1161.28

10. Magnesium mg/Kg 616 1221.44 1507.84 645.6 605.1 358.8 559.2 529.28 680.6 707.84 772.48

11. Chlorides (as Cl-) mg/Kg 44.34 93.62 64.05 197.1 68.98 123.18 24.16 635.65 68.98 54.2 78.84

12. Total

Phosphorus

mg/Kg 24.18 29.23 10.15 23.9 22.64 20.45 1.33 27.95 21.97 60.53 20.45

13. Available

Phosphorus

mg/Kg 0.25 1.25 0.47 0.85 0.18 0.64 0.96 0.09 0.48 2.94 0.45



14. Organic Matter

(OM)

% 1.55 5.28 2.4 1.85 2.41 2.01 1.98 2.76 1.48 2.21 3.05

15. *Total Alkalinity mg/Kg 1100 2200 800 1550 950 2000 1300 2350 1100 1060 1250

16. Total Nitrogen mg/Kg 702.4 1759.76 783.87 1248.7 1000.59 1260.53 1720.34 1567.87 1175.92 1392.17 990.92

17. Available

Nitrogen

mg/Kg 51.08 127.98 57.01 90.81 72.77 91.67 125.12 114.03 85.52 101.25 72.07

18. *Nitrate

Nitrogen

mg/Kg 21.41 9.38 65.61 <0.05 21.72 <0.05 45.78 24.69 83.73 33.59 6.57

19. *Sulphates (as

SO4-2)

mg/Kg 868.39 1169.88 862.01 792.28 832.49 940.35 1166.17 987.23 847.1 1171.06 1295.1

20. *Total Iron (as

Fe)

mg/Kg 51.27 20.13 28.47 14.31 107 108.73 57.59 31.08 33.59 54.08 157.2

21. *Copper (as Cu) mg/Kg 0.8 0.4 <0.05 0.1 0.2 0.2 <0.05 0.5 <0.05 0.4 0.5

22. *Nickel (as Ni) mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL*

23. **Lead (as Pb) mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL*

24. **Arsenic (as As) mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL*

25. **Organic

Carbon % 0.9 3.06 1.39 1.07 1.39 1.17 1.15 1.6 0.86 1.28 1.77

26. **Color

--

Dark

Brown

Dark

Brown Brown Brown Brown

Light

Brown

Yellowish

Brown Brown

Dark

Brown

Brown Brown

27. **Sodium (as

Na)

mg/Kg 375.8 742.4 129.8 1407.7 198.4 567.9 941.1 856.5 139.3 194.2 363.1

28. **Potassium (as

K)

mg/Kg 58 74.5 119.7 115.9 29 58 58 58 16.6 144.9 154.5

29. **Cadmium (as

Cd)

mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL*

30. **Permeability cm/sec 5.47 x 10-

5 3.40 x 10-5

4.51 x 10-

5 3.72 x 10-6

5.91 x 10-

5 2.57 x 10-6 4.34 x 10-5

2.65 x 10-

6

8.31 x

10-6 1.76 x 10-6 5.03 x 10-5

31. **Grain Size Analysis

Gravel % 2 1 0 0 1 2 2 3 0 2 3



Coarse Sand % 2 2 3 1 3 4 5 3 2 2 3

Medium Sand % 7 5 8 6 7 6 5 4 4 10 5

Fine Sand % 11 6 10 8 10 6 8 8 6 11 9

Silt + Clay % 78 86 79 85 79 86 80 82 88 75 80

Note: Minimum Detectable Limit: Nickel – 0.1 mg/kg Copper – 0.5 mg/kg Cadmium – 0.001 mg/kg Lead – 0.001 mg/kg

3.7.2 SUMMARY OF SOIL QUALITY

Parameters like Porosity, Water Holding Capacity, Bulk Density, etc. were considered. Based on the soil analysis report, the following can be

concluded:

pH of samples varied from 7.01 to 7.82. Maximum pH was found at Vahiyal (7.82), which is well within the standard limit.

Nitrogen (N) was varied in range of 51.08 to 127.98 mg/kg. Maximum Nitrogen (N) was found at Vorasamni (127.98 mg/kg), which is well


Phosphorus (P) was varied in range of 10.15 to 60.53 mg/kg. Maximum Phosphorus (P) was found at Kothia (60.53 mg/kg), which is well


Potassium (K) was varied in range of 16.6 to 154.5 mg/kg. Maximum Potassium (K) was found at Khojbal (60.53 mg/kg), which is well


Electric Conductivity was varied in range of 0.082 to 0.456 mS/cm. Maximum Electric Conductivity was found at Saran (0.456 mS/cm),

which is well within the standard limit.

Sr. No. Criteria Pollutants Unit Maximum Value Minimum Value

1. pH pH Scale 7.82 7.01

2. Nitrogen (N) mg/l 127.98 51.08

3. Phosphorus (P) mg/l 60.53 10.15

4. Potassium (K) mg/l 154.5 16.6

5. Electric Conductivity mS/cm 0.456 0.082




The porosity of soils can be considered as moderate to good for air and water movement in

the soil and the pH of soils are slightly alkaline. The concentration of available Nitrogen,

Phosphorous and Potassium in the soil samples signifies that the soil of the area is fertile.

3.7.4 MONITORING PHOTOGRAPHS

Fig. 3.4 MONITORING PHOTOGRAPHS

1. Vorasamni



2. Vilayat



3. Bhersam



4. Cholad



5. Saladara



6. Sayakha



7. Saran



8. Vahiyal



9. Kothia



10. Khojbal



3.8 REPORT ON ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS SUCH AS GEOLOGY, SOIL, HYDROLOGY,

LAND USE PATTERN, DRAINAGE NETWORK

3.8.1 INTRODUCTION

The basic habitat parameter assessment and estimation through various practices was the

main aim of present study by which we can get an idea about environmental condition of any

area. The main parameters are Land use, Land cover, Ecological status, Geology, Hydrology,

Soil, Drainage Pattern and infrastructure establishment was taken into account for study.

The site for which this study is carried out is situated at 21°48'2.47"N and 72°49'12.58"E, is

situated in Industrial area of Sayakha in Vagra taluka of Bharuch district, Gujarat State.

The baseline parameters such as Land use / Land cover, Ecological status, Geology, Hydrology,

Soil, Drainage Pattern and infrastructure establishment is studied within the 10 km aerial

radius from the center where the site is located. The entire circular area was study and based

on that the observations are derived. Generated database than further verified with

authentic literature as well as reference material such as published Government records and

reports, articles and notes published in scientific journals, other published database such as

student’s dissertation reports and PhD thesis.

3.8.2 STATUS OF ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS WITHIN STUDY AREA

The study area is situated at Sayakha Industrial area near to town of Vagra taluka of Bharuch

district in Gujarat state. This part is located at Western side of the state and comprises

various ecosystem due to presence of Narmada river estuary. The ecosystems are Marine

ecosystem of Arabian sea, Estuarine Ecosystem of Narmada estuary, Riverine Ecosystem of

seasonal drainage as well as perennial river system of Narmada river, Aquatic ecosystem of

seasonal as well as perennial Water bodies such as Ponds, Lakes, Bogs and Water-logged

areas, Dry Scrubland Ecosystem, Agriculture Ecosystem and Urban-Rural human settlements

where we can find well association of many environmental parameters.



FIGURE - 3.5

MAJOR GEOLOGICAL FEATURES



TABLE – 3.13

Description of geological classification and area under different formations

Age Formation Lithology and Thickness

Sub-Recent to

Recent

Gujarat Alluvium Coarse to pebbly sands, gravel, kankars, yellow & grey

sandy clays (50-100 m).

Middle to Upper

Miocene

Jhagadia White and grey calcareous and micaceous sandstone,

grey shaly sandstone and sands (200 m).

Lower to Middle

Miocene

Kand Grey clay and claystone with occasional sandstone

and conglomerate (200 m).

Lower Miocene Babaguru Ferruginous sandstone, conglomerates and grey clays

(200 m).

Lower Miocene Tarkeshwar Variegated claystone and occasional bands of coarse

to medium grained sandstone (152 m).

Upper Eocene

to Early

Oligocene

Dadhar Alternations of coarse to medium grained, friable

sandstone and moderately hard dark grey shale with a

bioclastic limestone (250 m).

Middle to Upper

Eocene

Ankleshwar Green, grey and dark grey shale‟s, sandy shale‟s and

argillaceous sandstone (200-300 m).South of Mahi

River, sandstone, dark grey to green grey shale‟s and

bioclastic limestone.

Lower Eocene Cambay Shale

Member

Dark grey to black fissile shale‟s, pyretic and rich in

combined organic matter (500-1500 m).

Paleocene to

Lower Eocene

Olpad /

Vagadkhol

Volcanic conglomerates, sandstones, silts, ashy

claystones and clays of light grey to reddish brown

and flaming red colour. The matrix is clays and

chloritic, locally carbonate enriched zones are present

(20-1000 m).



3.8.3 SOIL INFORMATION

Soil Type: The state is endowed with a wide range of macro and microclimates, physiography,

landforms, geology and vegetation that have an influence on the genesis of soil. Soil systems

have developed over many millions of years. The soil characteristics in a given area at a given

point of time are a function of both natural influences and human activities.

Soils in the study area of 10 km radius from the site are falling under sub class of soils of

alluvial plains. These soils are classified as Soils of West coast, which consists of Fine,

montmorillonitic (calcareous) hyperthermic Udic Chromusters elements. The soils are very

deep, moderately well drained, calcareous, fine soils on very gently sloping alluvial plain

with slight erosion and moderate salinity. It is associated with very deep moderately well

drained, calcareous, fine soils with moderate erosion.

FIGURE - 3.6

SOIL CHARACTERISTICS MAP



3.8.4 HYDROLOGY

This region is having tributaries of Narmada River. Other than this study area is having some

natural water bodies such as village ponds and bogs. This region is also having Canal

network.

FIGURE – 3.7

HYDROGEOLOGICAL MAP



3.8.5 DRAINAGE PATTERN

The district is drained by Narmada, Dhadhar and Kim rivers. Kaveri, Karjan and Dev rivers

flow into Narmada River. Narmada is the biggest river of the district flowing from East to

West. Dhadhar flowing from North to South enters the district in Jambusar taluka and is

46km. long. Kim River originates in Rajpipla hills and it enters the district near Ramanpura

village of the Valia taluka. It flows from East to West and is 115 km. long. Kaveri River flows

only in Jhagadia taluka and is 40 km long. Narmada, Dhadhar and Kim are principal rivers in

the study area as well as in Bharuch district. Narmada River is in the centre among these

rivers. These rivers flow parallel to each other to more or less extent. These rivers have

mainly contributed to alluvial plains of south Gujarat including Bharuch.

1) Narmada River: The source of the Narmada is in the hill of Amarkantak, in the Bilaspur

district of Madhya Pradesh, 3,500 feet above the level of the sea. After descending from the

hills in which it rises, and until it reaches the Gujarat plain, the course of Narmada for about

500 miles line between the Vindhya Range on the right and the Satpura hills on the left.

Throughout this distance the valley of the Narmada is narrow. The mountain ranges on

either side, with an average distance of from eighteen to twenty-six miles are now here

more than forty miles apart. The river Narmada enters into Bharuch district from plateau of

Malwa and flows towards gulf of Khambhat in west. Total length of Narmada River in the

district is 166 km. Narmada River is changed into creek around gulf of Khambhat after

leaving Bharuch city. The tributaries flowing to Narmada River are Kaveri, Amaravati, Karjan

and Dev. Buva, Nahiyer, Bhukhi, Amalkhedi and Vankhedi are other small rivers. These

waterways flowing from east to west are perennial sources of water. However, lands in bank

areas have become saline and waste largely on account of ingress of tidal water of the sea.

The river Narmada known also as the Rewa, and so giving its name, the Rewa Kantha to the

portion of Gujarat through which the river passes between the Sahyadri Hills and the

eastern limit of the Baroda territory, has a course, including windings, of from seven to eight

hundred miles in length; a drainage area estimated at 36,400 square miles and a discharge

in time of maximum flood, of about two and a half million cubic feet per second.

2) Dhadhar River: Dhadhar River flows from north to south in the district. The river enter

into Jambusar taluka and meets the gulf of Khambhat at Navagam of Amod taluka. The

length of Dhadhar River 46 km. Dhadhar River is 32 km. away from Narmada and the river

Kim is in south. Kim River is situated between Narmada and Tapi rivers. The river flows from

east to west in the district, enters into Valia taluka and meets the gulf of Khambhat towards

south.



FIGURE – 3.8

DRAINAGE PATTERN



3.9 LAND USE PATTERN

According to habitat condition and satellite image interpretation there are several classes

derived which shows land use and its pattern in the study area.

The major of the area occupied by Agriculture practices in this region as it shows major area

occupied by agriculture fields. There is 87% of the total area is occupied by Agriculture in

which people practices mainly Cotton and Castor Crops.

The other classes observed are the water bodies class includes Reservoir/ Lakes/ Ponds/

Tanks, and River bed covers around 2.9 % of the study area. The tributaries of Narmada

River and Canal network present in the study area under this class.

Scrubland is also there in this region which is almost 7.6 % of the total area. There are

mainly Prosopis sp. occupied in all these scrublands along with seasonal Herbs and some

shrubs.

There is less urbanization observed in satellite image. The area occupied under Settlement

class is 2.4 % of the total area in which Industrial zone and Residential zone both present.

There are mainly rural areas in the study area along with Vagra town which is one of the

Taluka headquarter of Bharuch district.

3.9.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION

The land use / land cover has been presented in the form of a map prepared by using IRS P6

LISS-III and procured from the National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Hyderabad. The

satellite data has been processed using ERDAS Imagine software supported with ground

checks and ground truth verification. Area and distance calculations have been carried out

using GIS software after geo-referencing the interpreted data with the help of Survey of India

(SoI) topographical maps of the scale 1:50,000.

A map depicting major land use/ land cover classes comprising lands under agriculture,

fallow land, open/degraded vegetation; lands falling under water bodies, scrub and lands

under inhabitations is presented at Figure 3.7. The map also marks the area within 10 km of

the project site as the area of interest.



Process Methodology

Procurement of

Satellite Imagery

Preparation of Base

Map using

topographical maps

Data Preparation

- Radiometric correction

- Geometric correction

Preparation of

Signature Confusion

Matrix

First Level

Classification

Field

Verification/Ground

Truth

Updated information

from field

Second Level

Classification

Accuracy Estimation Area Estimation Map Output

Pre field process

Field process

Post field



TABLE – 3.14

AREAS UNDER DIFFERENT LANDUSE

(Courtesy : Environmental Information Centre, New Delhi)

SR.

NO.

LAND USE

CLASSIFICATION

AREA WITHIN 10 KM OF

PROJECT LOCATION

PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL

AREA

1 Agriculture 27364.69 87.1

2 Scrubland 2388.44 7.6

3 Settlements 746.17 2.4

4 Waterbody 926.77 2.9

TOTAL 31426.07 100.0



FIGURE – 3.9

LANDUSE / LANDCOVER



FIGURE – 3.10

TOPOSHEET



3.10 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Introduction

Ecology and Biodiversity of any region is very important aspect which play vital role to form

a healthy environment. In present study area there are mainly four ecosystem were

observed.

Aquatic Ecosystem, Agro Ecosystem, Terrestrial Ecosystem and Forest-Scrubland Ecosystem.

Our team of subject experts have thoroughly surveyed key habitats presents in the area

which can represent the entire region by their abundance in biodiversity. Agriculture region

occur in North and Eastern side where as Aquatic region present in Western and Southern

side and Scrublands are scattered in this study area. These regions also provide an

environment for survival of variety of floral as well as faunal specie.

Climate

The weather of Bharuch district is hot and dry-starting from mid-march till mid-June, mid-

during summer season weather remains hot and dry. While from mid-June till end of

September weather remains humid and can be considered pleasant. From October-

November weather is bit hot. From December to February climate remains cool

Rainfall

The average rainfall of the district is 800 mm.

Biogeography

According to Rodgers and Panwar (1988), Gujarat has parts of four biogeographic zones:

Zone 3. The Indian Desert

Province 3A - Kutch

Zone 4. The Semi-arid Zone:

Province 4B - Gujarat – Rajputana

Zone 5. The Western Ghats:

Province 5A - Malabar Coast

Province 5B - Western Ghat Mountains

Zone 10. The Coast of India:

Province 10A - West Coast

The project area falls at Zone 4: The Semi-arid zone, Province 4B – Gujarat-Rajputana.

3.10.1 PHYSIOGRAPHY

The region provides a combination of most of the geo-environmental features for the

development of favorable ecosystems. The alluvial sediments and reasonable water

resources have provided impetus towards developing human induced ecosystems of

agricultural cropping agro-forestry and horticulture. The elevation range of the region is

about 20 m showing a very gentle flat gradient of 1:800 to 1:1000. The region shows more

or less a flat topography with a series of sections cut by deeply incised channels of rivers

flowing across the region. The river banks are generally marked by levee deposits, creating a

ridge type banks with higher elevations than the general ground level. The flat topography is

dotted by low height sandy mounds of stabilized dunes. Formation of ravine landscape is



quite common on most of the river banks due to deep gully erosion. The rivers are prone to

heavy floods and land erosion.

3.10.2 FOREST

Bharuch area is characterized by tropical dry deciduous forests. The total forest area of

district is 1449.68 sq.m. That accounts for 0.73 % of the total geographical area of the

district. The nearest forest patch is Ratanpur Reserve Forest, which is about 21.65 km from

the project area. (Courtesy: Environmental Information Centre, New Delhi)



3.10.3 FLORA

Some of the flora found in Bharuch area is listed below:

TABLE – 3.15

LIST OF FLORA

Sr.

No. Local Name Scientific Name

Trees

1 Sitaphal Annona squamosa L.

2 Ambo Mangifera indica L.

3 Aamda Phyllanthus emlica L.

4 Goras aamli Pithocellobium dulce( Roxb) Benth

5 Amli Tamarindus indica L.

6 Jungli badam Terminalia catappa L.

7 Jambu Syzygium cumini (L.)

8 Rayan Manilkara hexandra (Roxb.) Dub

9 Chikoo Manilkara zapota (L.) P.Royen

10 Taad Borassus flabellifer L.

11 Gunda Cordia dichotoma Forst.f.

12 Kothi Limonia acidissima L.

13 Nariyel Cocos nucifera L.

14 Papaya Carica papaya L.

15 Limbu Citrus limon (L.) Burmf.

16 Jaamphad Psidium guajava Mill.

17 Taad Borassus flabellifer L.

18 Limbdo Azadiracta indica A.Juss.

19 Aledi Morinda tomentosa Heyne ex Roxb

20 Mitho limdo Murraya koenigii (L.) Sprengel

21 Saragvo Moringa oleifera Lam.

22 Garmado Cassia fistula L.

23 Champo Plumeria alba L.

24 Pido bavad Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit

25 Limdo Azadiracta indica A.Juss.

26 Saptparni Alstonia scholarisL. R. Br.

27 Tamraphali Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) Backer ex Heyne.

28 Asopalav Polylathia longifolia (Sonn.) Thw.

29 Shirish Albizia lebbeck (L.)Benth.



30 Nilgiri Eucalyptus globulosa Labill

31 Pipado Ficus religiosa

32 Vad Ficus benghalensis

33 Gando baval Prosopis julifera (SW.) DC.

34 Moto arduso Ailanthus excelsa Roxb

35 Ghut boradi Zizyphus xylopyrus (Retz.) Willd

Shrubs

36 Setur Morus rubra L.

37 Baar mashi Catharanthus roseus (L.)G.Don

38 Tulsi Ocimum sanctum L.

39 Gulaab Rosa sp.

40 Ardusi Adhatoda vasica Nees

41 Jasood Hibiscus rosa sinensis L.

42 Dadam Punica Granatum

43 Mendi Lawsonia inermis L.

44 Damro Ocimum basilicum L.

45 Jasood Hibiscus rosa sinensis L.

46 Galgoota Tagetus patula L.

47 Thoria Euphorbia antiquorum L.

48 Dhaturo Duranta erecta L.

49 Bougainvel Bougainvillea spectabilisWilld.

Herbs

50 Variyali Foeniculum vulgare Mill.

51 Phudino Mentha spicata L.

52 Office plant Portulaca grandifloraHook.

53 - Impatiens balsamina L.

54 - Mirabilis jalapa L.

55 Galgoota Tagetes erecta L.

56 Bho pathri Launaea procumbens (Roxb.) Ram. & Raj.

57 Bhoi aamli Phyllanthus niruri L.

58 Bhuri Sankhavali, Zini Phudardi Evolvulus alsinoides L.

59 Moti luni Portulaca oleracea L.

Grass

60 Adbau saamo Echinochloa crus-galli (L.) Beauv

61 Baru Sorghum halpense (L.) Pers.

62 Chaku maku Eragrostis poaeoides P. Beauv.

63 Chokadiyu Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.) Beauv.

64 Lapdu Aristida adscensionis L.

Climber



(Courtesy: Akshar Enviromatics (Environment and Geomatics), Vadodara, Gujarat, India)

FIG. 3.11 LIST OF FLORA

65 - Allamanda cathartica L.

66 Chanothi Abrus precatorius L.

Bulbous

67 Kuvnvarpathu Aloe vera (L.) Burm.f.

68 Panfuti Bryophyllum pinnatum (Lam.) Oken



3.10.4 FAUNA

TABLE – 3.16

LIST OF FAUNA

Sr.

No. Common Name Local Name Scientific Name

IUCN

Status

Mammals

1 Hanuman langur Vandro Presbytis entellus LC

2 Common Indian mongoose Nolio Herpestes edwardsi LC

3 Asian house shrew Chhachhundar Suncus murinus LC

4 Five-striped palm squirrel Panch pattavadi

khiskoli Funambulus pennantii

LC

5 House mouse Undar Mus musculus LC

6 Little Indian field mouse Undardi Mus booduga LC

7 Indian Flying Fox Vagol Pteropus giganteus LC

8 Small Indian Civet Nanu Vaniyar Viverricula indica LC

Birds

9 Cattle egret Dhor baghalo Bubulcus ibis LC

10 Black headed Ibis Safed kakansar Threskiornis melanocephalus NT

11 Black ibis Kadi kakansar Pseudibis papillosa LC

12 White breated Waterhen Dholi chhati

Santakukdi Amaurornis phoenicurus

LC

13 Grey headed Swamphen Nil Jalmanjar Porphyrio poliocephalus LC

14 Common Sandpiper Samanya Tutvari Actitis hypoleucos LC

15 Painted Stork Pili chaanch dhonk Mycteria leucocephala NT

16 Bronze winged Jacana Kalo Jalmanjar Metopidius indicus LC

17 Black winged stilt Gajpau Himantopus himantopus LC

18 Little Grebe Nani Dubki Tachybaptus ruficollis LC

19 Little Cormorant Nano Kajiyo Phalacrocorax niger LC

20 Indian Cormorant Vachet Kajiyo Phalacrocorax fuscicollis LC

21 Little Egret Nano Baglo Egretta garzetta LC

22 Great Egret Moto Baglo Casmerodis albus LC

23 Intermediate Egret Vachet Baglo Mesophoyx intermedia LC

24 Indian Pond Heron Kani Bagli Ardeola grayii LC

25 Asian Openbill Fati Chaanch Dhonk Anastomus oscitans LC

26 Red-wattled lapwing Titodi Vanellus indicus LC

27 Black-shouldered kite Kapasi Elanus axillaris LC

28 Oriental honey buzzard Madhiyo baj Pernis ptilorhynchus LC



29 Black kite Samadi Milvus migrans LC

30 Short toed Snake Eagle Saapmaar Circaetus gallicus LC

31 Black Shouldered Kite Kapasi Elanus axillaris LC

32 Shikra Shakro Accipiter badius LC

33 Grey francolin Tetar Francolinus pondicerianus LC

34 Indian peafowl Mor Pavo cristatus LC

35 Rock pigeon Kabutar Columba livia LC

36 Eurasian collared dove Holo Streptopelia decaocto LC

37 Spotted dove Taliyo holo Spilopelia chinensis LC

38 Red collared dove Holo Streptopelia tranquebarica LC

39 Rose-ringed parakeet Sudo or Popat Psittacula krameri LC

40 Pied crested cuckoo Chatak Clamator jacobinus LC

41 Brainfever bird Bapaiyo Hierococcyx varius LC

42 Asian koel Koyal Eudynamys scolopaceus LC

43 Greater coucal Huko Centropus sinensis LC

44 White-throated kingfisher Kalkaliyo Halcyon smyrnensis LC

45 Green bee-eater Patrango Merops orientalis LC

46 Indian roller Chashh Coracias benghalensis LC

47 Common hoopoe Ghanti Takano Upupa epops LC

48 Wire-tailed swallow Tarodiyu Hirundo smithii LC

49 Eurasian golden oriole Pidak Oriolus oriolus LC

50 Black drongo Kadiyo koshi Dicrurus macrocercus LC

51 Brahminy myna Shiraji Kabar Sturnia pagodarum LC

52 Common myna Kabar Acridotheres tristis LC

53 Bank myna Kabar Acridotheres ginginianus LC

54 House crow Kagado Corvus splendens LC

55 Jungle crow Kagdo Corvus macrorhynchos LC

56 Red-vented bulbul Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer LC

57 Jungle babbler Van Lailu Turdoides striata LC

58 Common babbler Laila Turdoides caudata LC

59 Oriental magpie-robin Dayyad Copsychus saularis LC

60 Indian robin Dev Chakali Saxicoloides fulicatus LC

61 Ashy prinia Varsha futki Prinia socialis LC

62 Common tailorbird Darjido Orthotomus sutorius LC

63 Great tit Rakhodi ramchakali Parus major LC

64 Purple sunbird Phul Sunghani Cinnyris asiaticus LC

65 Purple-rumped sunbird Jambli fulsunghni Leptocoma zeylonica LC

66 Oriental white-eye Shwet nayna Zosterops palpebrosus LC

67 House sparrow Chakli Passer domesticus LC



68 Yellow-throated sparrow Pahelvan Chakli Petronia xanthocollis LC

69 Baya weaver Sugari Ploceus philippinus LC

70 Indian silverbill - Lonchura malabarica LC

71 Yellow-throated sparrow Pahelvan Chakli Petronia xanthocollis LC

72 Yellow-bellied house gecko Pidapetvadi ghar

gharodi Hemidactylus flaviviridis

LC

73 Oriental garden lizard Kachindo Calotes versicolor LC

Reptiles and Amphibians

74 Brahminy Skink Samanya bamani Eutropis carinata LC

75 Common Indian monitor Patla gho Varanus bengalensis LC

76 Rough-tailed sand boa. Bhamphodi Gongylophis conicus LC

77 Red sand boa Andhadi chakaran Eryx johnii LC

78 Buff striped keelback Pida pattavado

samp Amphiesma stolatum

LC

79 Common Indian bronzeback Tamrpith vruksh

samp Dendrelaphis tristis

LC

80 Trinket snake Rupsundari Coelognathus helena LC

81 Indian wolf snake Samanya varundati Lycodon aulicus LC

82 Common kukri snake Samanya kukari Oligodon arnensis LC

83 Indian ratsnake Dhaman Ptyas mucosa LC

84 Common krait Kadotaro Bungarus caeruleus LC

85 Indian cobra Nag Naja naja LC

86 Russell's viper Khadchitro Daboia russelii LC

87 Saw-scaled viper Pedku or furso Echis carinatus LC

88 Asian common toad Bhumi dedko Duttaphrynus melanostictus LC

89 Indian balloon frog Dedko Uperodon globulosus LC

90 Indian cricket frog Dedko Fejervarya limnocharis LC

91 Indian burrowing frog Dar dedko Sphaerotheca breviceps LC

92 Indian balloon frog Dedko Uperodon globulosus LC

93 Silverfish Jivat Lepisma species LC

94 Field cricket Kansari Gryllus domesticus LC

Insects and Butterflies

95 Grasshopper Popto Schistocerca gregaria LC

96 Stick insect Jivdu Megaphasma species LC

97 Cockroach Vando Periplaneta americana LC

98 Praying mantis Khadmankdi Hierodula unimaculata LC

99 Termite Udhai Odontotermes obesus LC

100 Cicada Kahari Platypleura octoguttata LC

101 Cotton bug Chusiyu Dysdercus cingulatus LC



102 Green bug Chusiyu Nezara gramineae LC

103 Ladybird beetle Jivdu Coccinella septempunctata LC

104 Ladybird Beetle Jivdu Coccinella transversalis LC

105 Dung beetle Gigo Heliocopris bucephalus LC

106 Blister beetle Jivdu Mylabris pustulata LC

107 Mosquito Machhar Aedes species LC

108 Mosquito Machhar Anopheles species LC

109 Crane fly Makhi Conosia irrorata LC

110 Long-legged flies Makhi Condylostylus species LC

111 Flower fly Phul makhi Sphaerophoria scutellaris LC

112 Blow fly Makhi Lucilia illustris LC

113 House fly Makhi Musca domestica LC

114 Moth Fudi Syntomis passalis LC

115 Crimson-speckled flunkey Fudi Utetheisa pulchella LC

116 Cucumber moth Fudi Diaphania indica LC

117 Common rose Patangiu Pachliopta aristolochiae LC

118 Common mormon Patangiu Papilio polytes LC

119 Lemon butterfly Patangiu Papilio demoleus LC

120 Mottled emigrant Patangiu Catopsilia pyranthe LC

121 Common emigrant Patangiu Catopsilia pomona LC

122 Common jezebel Patangiu Delias eucharis LC

123 Small grass yellow Patangiu Eurema brigitta LC

124 Plain tiger Patangiu Danaus chrysippus LC

125 Common tiger Patangiu Danaus genutia LC

126 Common Indian crow Patangiu Euploea core LC

127 Yellow pansy Patangiu Junonia hierta LC

128 Lemon pansy Patangiu Junonia lemonias LC

129 Paper wasp Bhamari Ropalidia variegata LC

130 Carpenter bee Bhamaro Xylocopa virginica LC

131 Leafcutting bee - Megachile lanata LC

132 Honey bee Madhmakhi Apis dorsata LC

133 Honey bee Nani madhmakhi Apis florea LC

134 Black ant Makodo Camponotus compressus LC

135 Weaver ant - Oecophylla smaragdina LC

136 ant Kidi Crematogaster soror LC

137 Tree ant Jimol Tetraponera rufonigra LC

138 Tent-weaver spider Karodio Cyrtophora citricola LC

139 Orb-web spider Karodio Argiope anasuja LC

140 Gray wall spider Karodio Menemerus bivittatus LC



141 Social spider Karodio Stegodyphus sarasinorum LC

142 Centipede Kanpichhudo/

Kankhajuro Scolopendra cingulata

LC

143 Earthworm Adasiyu Pheretima posthuma LC

(Courtesy: Akshar Enviromatics (Environment and Geomatics), Vadodara, Gujarat, India)

FIG. 3.12 LIST OF FAUNA



3.10.5 Details of Presence of Schedule-I species

Study Area: 10 km radius from M/s. Starlite Paints located at Plot No. DP-46, Saykha

Industrial Estate, Tal: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch (Gujarat).

The Schedule- I species as per Wildlife Protection Act -1972 are:

Sr.

No. Animal Type

Scientific Name

(Zoological Name) Local Name

WPA

Status

IUCN

Status

1 Oriental honey buzzard Pernis ptilorhynchus Madhiyo baj I LC

2 White-eyed buzzard Butastur teesa - I LC

3 Black kite Milvus migrans Samadi I LC

4 Shikra Accipiter badius Shakro I LC

5 Short-toed snake eagle Circaetus gallicus - I LC

6 Indian peafowl Pavo cristatus Mor I LC

7 Black-shouldered kite Elanus axillaris Kapasi I LC

8 Indian python Python molurus Ajgar I LC

9 Danaid eggfly Hypolimnas misippus Patangiu I LC

10 Common pierrot Castalius rosimon Patangiu I LC



a) Whether conservation plan for Schedule-I species has been prepared?

Conservation Plan for Schedule – I species documented from project site

Introduction

A detailed biological survey of the core zone (Project site) and buffer zone (10 km

radius from periphery of the project site) was carried out giving details of flora and

fauna. However, peacock which belongs to Schedule I of the Wildlife (Protection) Act

1972 are the only species of fauna found in the study area.

A detailed field survey was carried out for complete documentation of floral

as well as faunal biodiversity for the core zone which is at Project site and the buffer

zone which is 10 km aerial circular area from the project site. The Oriental Honey

Buzzard (Pernis ptilorhynchus), White Eyed Buzzard (Butastur teesa), Black Kite

(Milvus migrans), Shikra (Accipiter badius), Short Toed Snake Eagle (Circaetus

gallicus), Black Shouldered Kite (Elanus axillaris), Indian Peafowl (Pavo cristatus)

among the birds, Indian Python (Python molurus) among the reptiles and Two

butterflies Danaid Eggfly (Hypolimnas misippus) and Common pierrot Butterfly

(Castalius rosimon) was recorded from the study area and these faunal species

belongs to Schedule – I of the Wildlife Protection Act – 1972. Following are species

wise conservation plans and also generalized measures for their conservation.



Oriental Honey Buzzard (Pernis ptilorhynchus)

Scientific classification

Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Chordata

Class: Aves

Order: Accipitriformes

Family: Accipitridae

Genus: Pernis

Species: P. ptilorhynchus

Binomial name

Pernis ptilorhynchus

General Description of the species

Despite its name, this species is not related to Buteobuzzards, and is taxonomically closer to

the kites. It appears long-necked with a small head (resembling that of a pigeon), and soars

on flat wings. The head lacks a strong superciliary ridge, giving it a facial appearance very

unlike a raptor. It has a long tail and a short head crest. It is brown above, but not as dark as

European honey buzzard, and paler below. A dark throat stripe is present. Unusually for a

large bird of prey, the sexes can be distinguished. The male has a blue-grey head, while the

female's head is brown. She is slightly larger and darker than the male. The male has a black

tail with a white band. It is larger and longer-winged than its western counterpart, the

European honey buzzard, Pernis apivorus.

Breeding of the species

It breeds in Asia from central Siberia east to Japan. It is a summer migrant to Siberia,

wintering in tropical Southeast Asia. Elsewhere, it is more-or-less resident.

Food Habits & Behaviour of the Species

It is a specialist feeder, living mainly on the larvae of social bees and wasps, and eating bits

of comb and honey. It takes other small insect prey such as cicadas. The crested honey

buzzard breeds in woodland, and is inconspicuous except in the spring, when the mating

display includes wing-clapping. The display of roller-coasting in flight and fluttering wings at

the peak of the ascent are characteristic of the genus Pernis.

Conservation and Its relationship with Humans

In Gujarat State it is very common bird of prey and can be easily seen everywhere. It have

very good adaptability to every ecosystems such as Agro, Urban, Rural, Forest and

Wetlands. As it prefers the larvae of social bees and wasps, and eating bits of comb and

honey. It takes other small insect prey such as cicadas as food and so it is very much



associated to humans. But in this study area neither any such threat to the species observed

nor any harm by humans practiced. The species is well associated with human habitations

without any problem.

Probable Threats to the species

- This is large bird of prey and it prefers large trees for roosting and nesting so

decreasing amount of such trees is kind of direct threat to the species.

- It prefers social bees and wasps for food as well as bits of honey comb so the indirect

loss of such species can disturb the food availability of Honey buzzard. It also prey

upon small insects such as cicadas so application of various pesticides can indirectly

harm the species.

- Global Warming and Air pollution can harm this species in seasonal migration and

the health of the species.

Conservation Measures

Direct and indirect approach is required to provide effective conservation, which is

recommended as under:

- Increasing the tree cover in the study area which will provide shelter and roosting to

theHoney Buzzard. This can be achieved by planting of trees (a group of trees that

grow close together, generally without many bushes or other plants) in buffer area.

By encouraging people for plantation of some local species such as Neem, Shirish,

Khakhro, Haldu, Amli, Banyan, Peepal and Peeper or other Ficus sp.Vacant places

such as edges of agricultural fields, village Gauchar, Panchayat’s common land,

neighbourhood of people inhibiting, road side avenue tree plantation, open scrubs,

ravines, school compounds can be selected for practicing the plantation activity.

- Awareness programmes (community and school level) for conservation of Bird of

Preys in the study area as well as negative effects of Chemical pesticide and how it is

harmful to the food chain of such species is very essential and the same can be

achieved through organizing competitions during “Wildlife Week” and “Van

Mahotsav” celebrations by active involvement of local community.



- Some provision of rewards to informers for the control of poaching and illegal trade

in wildlife.

- Carrying out census and research projects to know the potential threats and

population status of the species in collaboration of local schools, colleges,

panchayats and forest department.

- Provision of veterinary care and cages for injured or sick deformed birds especially

during ‘Uttarayan’ – A Kite flying festival where the birds are prone to thread

injuries.

- Suggest strategies to minimize negative impacts of changing environment in nearby

area of OrientalHoney buzzard populations and to promote conservation of habitats.

- Another way to help preserve the endangered species is to create society dedicated

to ecological ethics. All the conservation measures will be implemented with the

help of and in the consultation of the district forest department.

- With the objective of effectively protecting the wild life and to control poaching,

smuggling and illegal trade in wildlife and its derivatives, the Government of India

enacted Wild Life (Protection) Act 1972. The Act was amended in January 2003 and

punishment and penalty for offences under the Act have been made more stringent.

The proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 102500/-for the “Oriental Honey Buzzard”

conservation plan under the following heads:

Sr.

No Work or Activity Approximate Cost. Rs.

1 Plantation-350 tree plants (5 feet

heightas per the plant species-Cost of

sapling will be changed per year)

52,500/-(@ 150/-per plant)

2 One awareness programme for

conservation

20,000/-

3 3 cash prizes @ 10000 in a year will be

awarded to the informer of poachers.

30,000/-

TOTAL 1,02,500/-



White Eyed Buzzard (Butastur teesa)


Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Chordata

Class: Aves



Genus: Butastur

Species: B. teesa

Binomial name

Butastur teesa


The White-eyed buzzard (Butastur teesa) is a medium-sized hawk, distinct from the true

buzzards in the genus Buteo, found in South Asia. Adults have a rufous tail, a distinctive

white iris, and a white throat bearing a dark mesial stripe bordered. The head is brown and

the median coverts of the upper wing are pale. They lack the typical carpal patches on the

underside of the wings seen in true buzzards, but the entire wing lining appears dark in

contrast to the flight feathers. They sit upright on perches for prolonged periods and soar on

thermals in search of insect and small vertebrate prey. They are vociferous in the breeding

season, and several birds may be heard calling as they soar together. This species is widely

distributed in South Asia, throughout India in the plains and extending up to 1000 m in the

Himalayas. It is a resident in Iran, Pakistan, Nepal, Bangladesh, and Myanmar.It is mainly

found in the plains, but may go up to 1200 m altitude in the foothills of the Himalayas.A

survey in the late 1950s estimated about 5000 birds in the vicinity of Delhi in an area of

about 50,000 km2 giving a density of 0.1 per square kilometre.


The breeding season is February to May. The nest is loose platform of twigs not unlike that

of a crow, sometimes placed in a leafless tree. The usual clutch is three eggs, which are

white and usually unspotted. Both sexes share nest-building and feeding young; the female

alone incubates for about 19 days until the eggs hatch.

Food Habits&Behaviour of the Species

This species is usually seen soaring alone in thermals or perched still. Groups of two or three

may sometimes be seen. They have a mewing call or falling whistle (transcribed as pit-weer)

that is repeated when pairs are soaring. They are vociferous in the breeding season. They

feed mainly on locusts, grasshoppers, crickets, and other large insects, as well as mice,



lizards, and frogs. They may also take crabs from near wetlands and have been reported to

take larger prey such as the black-naped hare (Lepus nigricollis).


This species is found in agricultural habitats and scrublands near human habitations. This

species is given special attention as it is included under Schedule-I of the Wildlife Protection

Act-1972.


- This bird of prey prefers large trees for roosting and nesting so decreasing amount of

such trees is kind of direct threat to the species.

- They feed mainly on locusts, grasshoppers, crickets, and other large insects, as well

as mice, lizards, and frogs. Application of various pesticides can indirectly harm the

species.

- Global Warming and Air pollution can harm this species in seasonal migration and

the health of the species.

- A study of power lines in Rajasthan in 2011 found white-eyed buzzards to be the

second most common raptor killed by electrocution after kestrels.

- But there is not any serious threat has been observed in the study area.





theWhite Eyed Buzzard. This can be achieved by planting of trees (a group of trees

that grow close together, generally without many bushes or other plants) in buffer

area. By encouraging people for plantation of some local species such as Neem,

Shirish, Khakhro, Haldu, Amli, Banyan, Peepal and Peeper or other Ficus sp.Vacant

places such as edges of agricultural fields, village Gauchar, Panchayat’s common

land, neighbourhood of people inhibiting, road side avenue tree plantation, open



scrubs, ravines, school compounds can be selected for practicing the plantation

activity.







in wildlife.






injuries.


area ofWhite Eyed buzzard populations and to promote conservation of habitats.




With the objective of effectively protecting the wild life and to control poaching, smuggling

and illegal trade in wildlife and its derivatives, the Government of India enacted Wild Life

(Protection) Act 1972. The Act was amended in January 2003 and punishment and penalty

for offences under the Act have been made more stringent.

The proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 102500/-for the “White Eye Buzzard”


Sr. No. Work or Activity Approximate Cost. Rs.

1 Plantation-350 tree plants ( 5 feet



52,500/-(@ 150/-per plant)


conservation

20,000/-

3 3 cash prizes @ 10000 in a year will

be awarded to the informer of

poachers.

30,000/-

TOTAL 1,02,500/-



Black Kite (Milvus migrans)


Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Chordata

Class: Aves



Genus: Milvus

Species: M. migrans

Binomial name

Milvus migrans


The black kite (Milvus migrans) is a medium-sized bird of prey in the family Accipitridae,

which also includes many other diurnal raptors. It is thought to be the world's most

abundant species of Accipitridae, although some populations have experienced dramatic

declines or fluctuations. Current global population estimates run up to 6 million individuals.

Unlike others of the group, black kites are opportunistic hunters and are more likely to

scavenge. They spend a lot of time soaring and gliding in thermals in search of food. Their

angled wing and distinctive forked tail make them easy to identify. They are also vociferous

with a shrill whinnying call. This kite is widely distributed through the temperate and

tropical parts of Eurasia and parts of Australasia and Oceania, with the temperate region

populations tending to be migratory. Several subspecies are recognized and formerly had

their own English names. The European populations are small, but the South Asian

population is very large.

The species is found in Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia. The temperate populations of this

kite tend to be migratory while the tropical ones are resident. European and central Asian

birds (subspecies M. m. migrans and black-eared kite M. m. lineatus, respectively) are

migratory, moving to the tropics in winter, but races in warmer regions such as the Indian

M. m. govinda (small Indian/pariah kite), or the Australasian M. m. affinis (fork-tailed kite),

are resident. In some areas such as in the United Kingdom, the black kite occurs only as a

wanderer on migration.

In India, the population of M. m. govinda is particularly large especially in areas of high

human population. Here the birds avoid heavily forested regions. A survey in 1967 in the

150 square kilometres of the city of New Delhi produced an estimate of about 2200 pairs or

roughly 15 per square kilometre. Another survey in 2013 estimated 150 pairs for every 10

square kilometres.




The breeding season of black kites in India begins in winter (mainly January and February),

the young birds fledging before the monsoons. The nest is a rough platform of twigs and

rags placed in a tree. Nest sites may be reused in subsequent years. The nests may

sometimes be decorated with bright materials such as white plastic and a study in Spain

suggests that they may have a role in signalling to keep away other kites. After pairing, the

male frequently copulates with the female. Unguarded females may be approached by

other males, and extra pair copulations are frequent. Males returning from a foraging trip

will frequently copulate on return, as this increases the chances of his sperm fertilizing the

eggs rather than a different male. Both the male and female take part in nest building,

incubation and care of chicks. The typical clutch size is 2 or sometimes 3 eggs. The

incubation period varies from 30–34 days. Chicks of the Indian population stayed at the nest

for nearly two months. Chicks hatched later in European populations appeared to fledge

faster. The care of young by the parents also rapidly decreased with the need for adults to

migrate. Siblings show aggression to each other and often the weaker chick may be killed,

but parent birds were found to preferentially feed the smaller chicks in experimentally

altered nests. Newly hatched young have down (prepennae) which are sepia on the back

and black around the eye and buff on the head, neck and underparts. This is replaced by

brownish-gray second down (preplumulae). After 9–12 days, the second down appears on

the whole body except the top of the head. Body feathers begin to appear after 18 to 22

days. The feathers on the head become noticeable from the 24th to 29th day. The nestlings

initially feed on food fallen at the bottom of the nest and begin to tear flesh after 33–39

days. They are able to stand on their legs after 17–19 days and begin flapping their wings

after 27–31 days. After 50 days, they begin to move to branches next to the nest. Birds are

able to breed after their second year. Parent birds guard their nest and will dive aggressively

at intruders. Humans who intrude the nest appear to be recognized by birds and singled out

for dive attacks.


Black kites are most often seen gliding and soaring on thermals as they search for food. The

flight is buoyant and the bird glides with ease, changing directions easily. They will swoop

down with their legs lowered to snatch small live prey, fish, household refuse and carrion,

for which behaviour they are known in British military slang as the shite-hawk. They are

opportunist hunters and have been known to take birds, bats, and rodents. They are

attracted to smoke and fires, where they seek escaping prey. Black kites in Spain prey on

nestling waterfowl especially during summer to feed their young. Predation of nests of

other pairs of black kites has also been noted. Kites have also been seen to tear and carry

away the nests of baya weavers in an attempt to obtain eggs or chicks.




This species is very commonly found in human settlements as well as around agricultural

habitats and scrublands near human habitations. This species is given special attention as it

is included under Schedule-I of the Wildlife Protection Act-1972.

The Indian populations are well adapted to living in cities and are found in densely

populated areas. Large numbers may be seen soaring in thermals over cities. In some places,

they will readily swoop and snatch food held by humans. The birds avoid heavily forested

regions. A survey in 1967 in the 150 square kilometres of the city of New Delhi produced an

estimate of about 2200 pairs or roughly 15 per square kilometre. Another survey in 2013

estimated 150 pairs for every 10 square kilometres.


- Black kites often perch on electric wires and are frequent victims of electrocution.

- Their habit of swooping to pick up dead rodents or other roadkill leads to collisions with

vehicles.

- Instances of mass poisoning as a result of feeding on poisoned pests in agricultural

fields.

- As a large raptorial bird, the black kite has few natural predators. However, they do have

a single serious predator: the Eurasian eagle-owl (Bubo bubo).

- Like most bird species, they have parasites, several species of endoparasitic trematodes

are known and some Digenea species that are transmitted via fishes.

- In this study area there are no such threats have been observed for this species.





the Black Kite. This can be achieved by planting of trees (a group of trees that grow

close together, generally without many bushes or other plants) in buffer area. By



encouraging people for plantation of some local species such as Neem, Shirish,

Khakhro, Haldu, Amli, Banyan, Peepal and Peeper or other Ficus sp. Vacant places










in wildlife.






injuries.


area ofBlack Kite populations and to promote conservation of habitats.




With the objective of effectively protecting the wild life and to control poaching, smuggling

and illegal trade in wildlife and its derivatives, the Government of India enacted Wild Life

(Protection) Act 1972. The Act was amended in January 2003 and punishment and penalty

for offences under the Act have been made more stringent.

The proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 102500/-for the “Black Kite” conservation plan

under the following heads:


1 Plantation-350 tree plants (5 feet heightas

per the plant species-Cost of sapling will

be changed per year)

52,500/-(@ 150/-per plant)


conservation

20,000/-



30,000/-

TOTAL 1,02,500/-



Shikra (Accipiter badius)


Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Chordata

Class: Aves



Genus: Accipiter

Species: A. badius

Binomial name

Accipiter badius


The shikra (Accipiter badius) is a small bird of prey in the family Accipitridae found widely

distributed in Asia and Africa where it is also called the little banded goshawk. The African

forms may represent a separate species but have usually been considered as subspecies of

the shikra. The shikra is very similar in appearance to other sparrow hawk species including

the Chinese goshawk and Eurasian sparrowhawk. They have a sharp two note call and have

the typical flap and glide flight. Their calls are imitated by drongos and the common hawk-

cuckoo resembles it in plumage.

The shikra is a small raptor (26–30 cm long) and like most other Accipiter hawks, this species

has short rounded wings and a narrow and somewhat long tail. Adults are whitish on the

underside with fine rufous bars while the upperparts are grey. The lower belly is less barred

and the thighs are whitish. Males have a red iris while the females have a less red (yellowish

orange) iris and brownish upperparts apart from heavier barring on the underparts. The

females are slightly larger. The mesial stripe on the throat is dark but narrow. In flight the

male seen from below shows a light wing lining (underwing coverts) and has blackish wing

tips. When seen from above the tail bands are faintly marked on the lateral tail feathers and

not as strongly marked as in the Eurasian sparrowhawk. The central tail feathers are

unbanded and only have a dark terminal band. Juveniles have dark streaks and spots on the

upper breast and the wing is narrowly barred while the tail has dark but narrow bands. A

post juvenile transitional plumage is found with very strong barring on the contour feathers

of the underside. The call is pee-wee, the first note being higher and the second being

longer. In flight the calls are shorter and sharper kik-ki ... kik-ki. The Chinese sparrowhawk is

somewhat similar in appearance but has swollen bright orange ceres and yellow legs with

the wing tips entirely black.




The breeding season in India is in summer from March to June. The nest is a platform similar

to that of crows lined with grass. Both sexes help build the nest, twigs being carried in their

feet. Like crows, they may also make use of metal wires. The usual clutch is 3 to 4 eggs

(when eggs are removed they lay replacements and one observer noted that they could lay

as many as 7 in a season) which are pale bluish grey stippled on the broad end in black. The

incubation period is 18 to 21 days.


The Shikra is found in a range of habitats including forests, farmland and urban areas. They

are usually seen singly or in pairs. The flight is typical with flaps and glides. During the

breeding season pairs will soar on thermals and stoop at each other. Their flight usually

draws alarms among smaller birds and squirrels. They feed on rodents (including Meriones

hurrianae), squirrels, small birds, small reptiles (mainly lizards but sometimes small snakes)

and insects. Small birds usually dive through foliage to avoid a Shikra and a Small Blue

Kingfisher has been observed diving into water to escape. Babblers have been observed to

rally together to drive away a Shikra. They will descend to the ground to feast on emerging

winged termites, hunt at dusk for small bats (such as Cynopterus sphinx) and in rare

instances they may even resort to feed on carrion. In one instance a male was found feeding

on a dead chick at the nest. Their calls are mimicked by drongos and this behaviour is

thought to aid in stealing food by alarming other birds that the drongos associate with.


This species is very commonly found in human settlements as well as around agricultural

habitats and scrublands near human habitations. This species is given special attention as it

is included under Schedule-I of the Wildlife Protection Act-1972.The Shikra was a favourite

among falconers in India and Pakistan due to the ease with it could be trained and was

frequently used to procure food for the more prized falcons. They were noted for their pluck

and ability to take much larger birds including partridges, crows and even young peafowl.

The word shikra or shikara means hunter in the Hindi language (the male was called chipak

or chipka based on call) the word Shikra is borrowed from the Urdu word which is derived

from the word shikari meaning hunter. Hunting in Persian is referred to as shikar and in

Arabic the hunt master in the Mameluke era was known as Ameer Shikar. The word Shikari

may also be used in English in the sense of "hunter". An Indian Navyhelicopter base was

named INS Shikra in 2009. The shikra is also the mascot for the 149 Squadron of the

Republic of Singapore Air Force, which operates the F5S/T Tiger IIs fighter jets




- The Shikra was a favourite among falconers in India and Pakistan due to the ease with it

could be trained and was frequently used to procure food for the more prized falcons, so

sometimes the illegal trade can be happen for the species.

- Shikra often perch on electric wires and are frequent victims of electrocution.


vehicles.


fields.





theShikra. This can be achieved by planting of trees (a group of trees that grow close

together, generally without many bushes or other plants) in buffer area. By

encouraging people for plantation of some local species such as Neem, Shirish,

Khakhro, Haldu, Amli, Banyan, Peepal and Peeper or other Ficus sp.Vacant places










in wildlife.








injuries.


area of Shikra populations and to promote conservation of habitats.








The proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 102500/-for the “Shikra” conservation plan under

the following heads:





52,500/-(@ 150/-per plant)


conservation

20,000/-



30,000/-

TOTAL 1,02,500/-



Short Toed Snake Eagle (Circaetus gallicus)


Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Chordata

Class: Aves



Genus: Circaetus

Species: C. gallicus

Binomial name

Circaetus gallicus


The short-toed snake eagle (Circaetus gallicus), also known as short-toed eagle, is a

medium-sized bird of prey in the family Accipitridae, which also includes many other diurnal

raptors such as kites, buzzards and harriers. The genus name Circaetus is from the Ancient

Greekkirkos, a type of hawk, and aetos, "eagle". The specific gallicus means "of Gaul".

This is an Old World species found throughout the Mediterranean basin, into Russia and the

Middle East, and parts of Asia, mainly in the Indian Subcontinent and also further east in

some Indonesian islands. The short-toed snake eagle is found in open cultivated plains, arid

stony deciduous scrub areas and foothills and semi-desert areas. It requires trees for nesting

and open habitats, such as cultivations and grasslands for foraging.

Adults are 62–67 cm (2 ft 0 in–2 ft 2 in) long with a 170–185 cm (5 ft 7 in–6 ft 1 in) wingspan

and weigh 1.2–2.3 kg (2.6–5.1 lb). They can be recognised in the field by their

predominantly white underside, the upper parts being greyish brown. The chin, throat and

upper breast are a pale, earthy brown. The tail has 3 or 4 bars. Additional indications are an

owl-like rounded head, brightly yellow eyes and lightly barred under wing.

The short-toed snake eagle spends more time on the wing than do most members of its

genus. It favours soaring over hill slopes and hilltops on updraughts, and it does much of its

hunting from this position at heights of up to 500 m (1,600 ft). When quartering open

country it frequently hovers like a kestrel. When it soars it does so on flattish wings.


This eagle is generally very silent. On occasions, it emits a variety of musical whistling notes.

When breeding, it lays only one egg. It can live up to 17 years.

The short-toed snake eagle has suffered a steep decline in numbers and range in Europe and

is now rare and still decreasing in several countries due to changes in agriculture and land



use. It needs protection. In the middle and far eastern part of its range, this species is not

yet threatened.


Its prey is mostly reptiles, mainly snakes, but also some lizards. Sometimes they become

entangled with larger snakes and battle on the ground. Occasionally, they prey on small

mammals up to the size of a rabbit, and rarely birds and large insects.


In his description of the species, Buffon says that he kept one of these eagles in captivity

and observed its behaviour. The captive bird ate mice and frogs, and he states that the Jean-

de-blanc was well known by French farmers for raiding poultry. It also helps humans

especially in agriculture sector by preying upon so called pests such as Rats and Mice and

reduces its adverse effect on seed storage.


- Short toed Snake Eagle often perch on electric wires and are frequent victims of

electrocution.


vehicles.


fields.





theShort toed Snake Eagle. This can be achieved by planting of trees (a group of

trees that grow close together, generally without many bushes or other plants) in

buffer area. By encouraging people for plantation of some local species such as



Neem, Shirish, Khakhro, Haldu, Amli, Banyan, Peepal and Peeper or other Ficus sp.

Vacant places such as edges of agricultural fields, village Gauchar, Panchayat’s

common land, neighbourhood of people inhibiting, road side avenue tree plantation,

open scrubs, ravines, school compounds can be selected for practicing the plantation

activity.







in wildlife.






injuries.


area of Short toed Snake Eagle populations and to promote conservation of habitats.








The proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 102500/-for the “Short Toed Snake Eagle

” conservation plan under the following heads:

Sr. No Work or Activity Approximate Cost. Rs.




52,500/-(@ 150/-per plant)


conservation

20,000/-



30,000/-

TOTAL 1,02,500/-



Indian Peafowl (Pavo cristatus)

Classification

Kingdom : Animalia

Phylum : Chordata

Class : Aves

Order : Galliformes

Family : Phasianidae

Genus : Pavo

Species : Pavo cristatus

Common Name : Indian Peafowl

Vernacular Name : Mor


Peacock or Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) is a familiar and universally known large

pheasant. It is the National Bird of India. The term “Peacock” is commonly used to refer to

birds of both sexes. Technically, only males are Peacock, females are Peahens and together

they are called Peafowl.The male has a spectacular glossy green long tail feathers that may

be more than 60 percent of the bird’s total body length. These feathers have blue, golden

green and copper colored ocelli (eyes). The long tail feathers are used for mating rituals like

courtship displays. The feathers are arched into a magnificent fan shaped form across the

back of the bird and almost touching the found on both sides. Females do not have these

graceful tail feathers. They have the fan like crest with whitish face and throat, chestnut

brown crown and hind neck, metallic green upper breast and mantle, white belly and

brownback rump and tail. Their primaries are dark brown.

Life Cycle of the species

Call: Kee-ow, Kee- ow, Kee-ow, Ka- an, Ka- an, Ka- an, Kok- kok, Kok- kok, cain- kok

Breeding: April – September

Nest site: On ground in undergrowth (wild) on buildings by semi- feral birds in villages, they

also prefer Old Houses, Kachcha Houses

Average Body length: 180-230 cm

Average Weight: 2750-6000 gm

Habitat: Agricultural fields, Rural Settlements, Ravines, Tall trees for Roosting, Open Scrubs



Behaviour of the Species

Peacocks are gregarious by nature. In the breeding season they are usually seen in small

parties of one male with three to five females whereas in the non-breeding season they

remain in separate parties of adult males and females with juveniles. Peacocks roost in tall

trees and emerge from the dense thickets to feed in fields and openings in forests and

fields.

Food Habits

Peacocks are ground feeders and omnivores in nature. Indian peafowl’s do most of their

foraging early in the morning and shortly before sunset. They retreat to the shade and

security of the trees for the hottest portion of the day. They make a meal of grains, berries

drupes wild figs and some cultivated crops. They can also eat insects, reptiles especially

snakes and small mammals.

Present study area have open agriculture fields surrounded with rural settlements where

peafowl can easily find the seeds such as grains, pulses etc. as well as plant parts, flower

petals, seed heads, insects and other arthropods, reptiles and amphibians very easily and

due to this easy availability of food they inhibits in the region and also reproduces easily.


Indian peafowl is a very common and popular throughout the region due to its beautiful

appearance so as its popularity and so Indian peafowl has ensured its protection through

most of its native ranges. Having an importance as National Bird this species is well

conserved throughout the region. The Indian peafowl is prominent in the Indian mythology

and folklore of the Indian people. The majority of the people inhibiting are belongs to Hindu

religion in which the bird is considered sacred because of its association with Lord Krishna as

their identical feature of appearance was from Peacock feather Crown (Mor Mokut). It is

also associated with the God Kartikeya, Son of the Lord Shiva and Parvati and brother of

Lord Ganesh who was having Indian Peafowl as his own vehicle (Vahan).



Present survey of the peafowl in the buffer zone of the project site cleared that; peafowl is

using both, village adjacent habitats, agricultural habitats, scrub-forest habitats of the buffer

zone as well as the study area. However, the following points can give an insight on the

overall status of peafowl in the study area and thereby plan for better management

strategies related to proposed project activities. People of the surveyed villages were well

aware of the habits and habitats of peafowl in the study area. Moreover, local people are

against to hunting and poaching of the peacocks. In the buffer zone, peafowl uses

agriculture (adjacent to village) and scrubland-forest habitats as a feeding and breeding

ground. Some of the peacocks are taking shelter in the inside of the village as well as

adjacent habitats. It clearly indicated that, peafowl normally uses human associated and

natural habitats. Form above study, it has been visualized that, the proposed project will not

have any significant impact on peacock in terms of their normal movements and other

activities as the species is familiar among the people in the region and the status of it is

increasing eventually. However, it is necessity to take some management optionslike habitat

improvement in the villages located in the vicinity of the project site. So, habitat

improvement programme (plantation of local plant species) will be undertaken indifferent

villages located in the close vicinity of the project area. Under this programme saplings will

be distributed in the nearby villages with the consultation of the local forest department.

This program will provide trees for shelter to the species in near future which will contribute

for effective species conservation.


- Habitat loss, due to rapid growth of development in rural as well as agricultural sector

results in the shortage of tall trees in and around the villages which plays essential role

for roosting for the species. They also plays vital role by providing shelter during hot

summer months.

- Shortage of drinking water for the birds during the hot summer days. As there are very

few perennial water resources present in the study area.

- Casualties’ causes by eating chemically treated as well as contaminated agricultural crop

seeds.

- Illegal hunting by some communities in the study area, all the villages surveyed are

against hunting or poaching of the people and not found any such activity promoted in

this region.

- Peacock conservation plan has to address above listed threats.






1. Increasing the tree cover in the study area which will provide shelter and roosting to the

peacocks. This can be achieved by planting of trees (a group of trees that grow close

together, generally without many bushes or other plants) in buffer area. By encouraging

people for plantation of some local species such as Neem, Shirish, Khakhro, Haldu, Amli,

Banyan, Peepal and Peeper or other Ficus sp. Vacant places such as edges of agricultural

fields, village Gauchar, Panchayat’s common land, neighbourhood of people inhibiting,

road side avenue tree plantation, open scrubs, ravines, school compounds can be

selected for practicing the plantation activity.

2. Awareness programmes (community and school level) for conservation of peacocks in

the study area and also through organizing competitions during “Wildlife Week” and

“Van Mahotsav” celebrations by active involvement of local community.

3. Some provision of rewards to informers for the control of poaching and illegal trade in

wildlife.

4. Carrying out census and research projects to know the potential threats and population

status of the species in collaboration of local schools, colleges, panchayats and forest

department.

5. Provision of veterinary care and cages for injured or sick deformed birds especially

during ‘Uttarayan’ – A Kite flying festival where the birds are prone to thread injuries.

6. Suggest strategies to minimize negative impacts of changing environment in nearby area

of peacock populations and to promote conservation of peacock habitats.

7. Another way to help preserve the endangered species is to create society dedicated to

ecological ethics. All the conservation measures will be implemented with the help of

and in the consultation of the district forest department.

8. With the objective of effectively protecting the wild life and to control poaching,




The proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 202500/-for the “Peacock” conservation plan



1 Plantation-350 tree plants (5 feet heightas per

the plant species-Cost of sapling will be changed

per year)

52,500/-(@ 150/-per

plant)

2 Small water tank or tanka –20 in number @

5000/-per tank

1,00,000/-

3 One awareness programme for “Peacock”

conservation

20,000/-

4 3 cash prizes @ 10000 in a year will be awarded 30,000/-



to the informer of poachers.

TOTAL 202500/-

Black Shouldered Kite (Elanus axillaris)


Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Chordata

Class: Aves



Genus: Elanus

Species: E. axillaris

Binomial name

Elanus axillaris


The black-shouldered kite (Elanus axillaris), also known as the Australian black-shouldered

kite, is a small raptor found in open habitat throughout Australia. It resembles similar

species found in Africa, Eurasia and North America, including the black-winged kite, a

species that has in the past also been called "black-shouldered kite". Measuring around

35 cm (14 in) in length with a wingspan of 80–100 cm (31–39 in), the adult black-shouldered

kite has predominantly grey-white plumage and prominent black markings above its red

eyes. It gains its name from the black patches on its wings. The primary call is a clear

whistle, uttered in flight and while hovering. It can be confused with the related letter-

winged kite in Australia, which is distinguished by the striking black markings under its

wings.

The adult black-shouldered kite is around 35 cm (14 in) in length, with a wingspan of

between 80 and 100 cm (31 and 39 in). The female is slightly heavier, weighing on average

around 300 g (11 oz) compared to the male's average weight of 260 g (9.2 oz). The sexes

have similar plumage. The crown, neck and upperparts are pale grey, while the head and

underparts are white. A black comma-shaped marking lies in front of and stretches over and

behind the eye, which is deep red and surrounded by a black orbital ring. The leading edge

of the outer wing is black. When perched, this gives the species its prominent black

"shoulders". The central rectrices of the tail are pale grey, while the rest of the tail feathers

are white. The bill is short with a sharp, hooked tip to the upper mandible. Its nostrils and

the cere are bright or dull yellow and the bill is black. The legs and feet are also yellow or

golden-yellow, and the feet have three toes facing forwards and one toe facing backwards.

The juvenile has a white forehead and chin and rusty brown neck, nape and breast with

darker streaks. The back and wings are mottled buff or brown. There is a less distinctive



dark shoulder patch, but a larger comma-shaped patch over the eyes. The eyes themselves

are dark brown. The bill is black with a horn-coloured cere.

Black-shouldered kites spiral into the wind like a kestrel. They soar with v-shaped up-curved

wings, the primaries slightly spread and the tail widely fanned, giving the tail a squarer

appearance and visible 'fingers' on the wings. In level flight progress is rather indirect. Their

flight pattern has been described as 'winnowing' with soft steady beats interspersed with

long glides on angled wings. They can most often be seen hovering with wings curved and

tail pointing down.

The black-shouldered kite is very similar to the related letter-winged kite (E. scriptus), but

has the black mark above and behind the eye, a white rather than grey crown, and shows

all-white underparts in flight except for the black markings on the shoulder, dark wingtips,

and a small black patch on the underwing. It is slightly larger than the nankeen kestrel (Falco

cenchroides). The latter species lacks wing markings and has pale brown plumage. It keeps

its wings level when soaring, and has a faster wingbeat when hovering. The grey falcon

(Falco hypoleucos) has somewhat similar coloration to the black-shouldered kite but is

bulkier and heavier overall and lacks the black markings. Its wings are barred and it preys on

birds. The grey goshawk (Accipiter novaehollandiae) has wider more rounded wings,

underwing markings and glides with lowered wings.

Black-shouldered kites may be sedentary or nomadic, and are generally found in open

grasslands or valleys where there are scattered clumps of trees, where the grass or

groundcover is accessible from the air and ranges from 30 cm to 1.5 m (1–3 ft) high. As well

as native grasslands they forage over pastures, cereal or vegetable crops and vineyards,

often focusing on areas that have been recently harvested or ploughed and hence rendering

prey more exposed. In urban areas they are encountered on the edge of towns on

wasteland, irregularly mown areas, sports fields, golf courses or grassy roadside verges.

They also hunt over coastal dunes and drier marshland, but avoid areas with dense cover

such as forest as well as bare or rocky ground.


The breeding season is usually August to January, but is responsive to mice populations, and

some pairs breed twice in a good season. Both sexes collect material for the nest but the

female alone builds it. A large untidy shallow cup of sticks usually in the foliage near the top

of trees, the nest takes anywhere from two to six weeks to be built. It is constructed of thin

twigs and is around 28 to 38 cm (11 to 15 in) across when newly built, but growing to

around 78 cm (31 in) across and 58 cm (23 in) deep after repeated use. The nest is lined

with green leaves and felted fur, though linings of grass and cow dung have also been

reported. It is generally located in the canopy of an isolated or exposed tree in open

country, elevated 5 to 20 m (16 to 66 ft) or more above the ground.



Females perform most of the care of eggs and nestlings, though males take a minor share of

incubation and brooding. The clutch consists of three to four dull white eggs of a tapered

oval shape measuring 42 mm × 31 mm (1.7 in × 1.2 in) and with red-brown blotches that are

often heavier around the larger end of the egg. The eggs are laid at intervals of two to five

days. The female incubates the eggs for 30 days and when the eggs hatch the chicks are

helpless but have soft down covering their body. For the first two weeks or so the female

broods the chicks constantly, both day and night. She does no hunting at all for the first

three weeks after hatching, but calls to the male from the nest, and he generally responds

by bringing food. The female feeds the chicks with the mice brought back to the nest by the

male, feeding them in tiny pieces for the first week or two, at which time the chicks are

capable of swallowing a mouse whole. The nestling period lasts around 36 days, and the

post-fledging period at least 36 days with parental feeding for at least 22 days. When the

chicks are older both parents take it in turns to feed them. Black feathers start to appear

along the chicks' wings when they are about a fortnight old, and they are fully fledged and

are ready to fly in five weeks. Within a week of leaving the nest the young birds are capable

of hunting for mice on their own.


The black-shouldered kite has become a specialist predator of the introduced house mouse,

often following outbreaks of mouse plagues in rural areas. It takes other suitably-sized

creatures when available, including grasshoppers, rats, small reptiles, birds, and even (very

rarely) rabbits, but mice and other mouse-sized mammals account for over 90% of its diet.

Its influence on mouse populations is probably significant; adults take two or three mice a

day each if they can, around a thousand mice a year. On one occasion, a male was observed

bringing no less than 14 mice to a nest of well-advanced fledglings within an hour.

Like other elanid kites, the black-shouldered kite hunts by quartering grasslands for small

creatures. This can be from a perch, but more often by hovering in mid-air. It is diurnal,

preferring to hunt during the day, particularly in the early morning and mid to late

afternoon, and occasionally hunt in pairs. Its hunting pattern, outside breeding periods and

periods of abundant prey, has distinct crepuscular peaks, perhaps corresponding to mouse

activity. When hunting, the kite hovers with its body hanging almost vertically, and its head

into the wind. When a mouse or other prey is spotted, the kite drops silently onto it, feet-

first with wings raised high; sometimes in one long drop to ground level, more often in two

or more stages, with hovering pauses at intermediate heights. Prey is seized in the talons

and about 75% of attacks are successful. Prey can either be eaten in flight or carried back to

a perch. Birds will have a favoured feeding perch, beneath which accumulate piles of pellets

or castings.




This raptor is most commonly seen raptor mainly in agricultural and scrubland habitat of the

Gujarat as well as the study area. The maximum area is covered with agricultural fields and

this species of raptor consumes the field mice, rats and other such animals which are easily

available in agricultural habitat as well as in rural areas. Hence it is very well associated with

human habitations. People inhibiting in the study area are also very well aware as they are

getting benefitted by this bird as it acts as natural pest control. In India this bird is given to

special attention by including it under Schedule –I in Wildlife Protection Act-1972.


- Black Shouldered Kiteoften perch on electric wires and are frequent victims of

electrocution.


vehicles.


fields.





theBlack Shouldered Kite. This can be achieved by planting of trees (a group of trees

that grow close together, generally without many bushes or other plants) in buffer

area. By encouraging people for plantation of some local species such as Neem,

Shirish, Khakhro, Haldu, Amli, Banyan, Peepal and Peeper or other Ficus sp.Vacant

places such as edges of agricultural fields, village Gauchar, Panchayat’s common

land, neighbourhood of people inhibiting, road side avenue tree plantation, open

scrubs, ravines, school compounds can be selected for practicing the plantation

activity.









in wildlife.






injuries.


area ofBlack Shouldered Kite populations and to promote conservation of habitats.








The proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 102500/-for the “Black Shoulder Kite”



1 Plantation-350 tree plants (5 feet



52,500/-(@ 150/-per plant)


conservation

20,000/-



poachers.

30,000/-

TOTAL 1,02,500/-



Indian Python (Python molurus)


Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Chordata

Class: Reptilia

Order: Squamata

Suborder: Serpentes

Family: Pythonidae

Genus: Python

Species: P. molurus

Binomial name

Python molurus

(Linnaeus, 1758)


The rock python's colour pattern is whitish or yellowish with the blotched patterns varying

from tan to dark brown shades. This varies with terrain and habitat. Specimens from the hill

forests of Western Ghats and Assam are darker, while those from the Deccan Plateau and

Eastern Ghats are usually lighter. Indian pythons commonly reach a length of 2.4–3.0 m

(7.9–9.8 ft.). It lives in a wide range of habitats, including grasslands, swamps, marshes,

rocky foothills, woodlands, open forest, and river valleys. It needs a permanent source of

water. It hides in abandoned mammal burrows, hollow trees, dense water reeds, and

mangrove thickets.

Behaviour of the Species

Lethargic and slow moving even in their native habitat, they exhibit timidity and rarely try to

attack even when attacked. Locomotion is usually with the body moving in a straight line, by

"walking on its ribs". They are excellent swimmers and are quite at home in water. They can

be wholly submerged in water for many minutes if necessary, but usually prefer to remain

near the bank.

Food Habits

Like all snakes, Indian pythons are strict carnivores and feed on mammals, birds, and reptiles

indiscriminately, but seem to prefer mammals. Roused to activity on sighting prey, the

snake advances with a quivering tail and lunges with an open mouth. Live prey is constricted

and killed. One or two coils are used to hold it in a tight grip. The prey, unable to breathe,

succumbs and is subsequently swallowed head first. After a heavy meal, they are disinclined

to move. If forced to, hard parts of the meal may tear through the body. Therefore, if

disturbed, some specimens disgorge their meal to escape from potential predators. After a



heavy meal, an individual may fast for weeks, the longest recorded duration being 2 years.

The python can swallow prey bigger than its diameter because the jaw bones are not

connected. Moreover, prey cannot escape from its mouth because of the arrangement of

the teeth (which are reverse saw-like).

Reproduction

Oviparous, up to 100 eggs are laid by a female, which she protects and incubates. Towards

this end, they are capable of raising their body temperature above the ambient level

through muscular contractions. The hatchlings are 45–60 cm (18–24 in) in length and grow

quickly. An artificial incubation method using climate-controlled environmental chambers

was developed in India for successfully raising hatchlings from abandoned or unattended

eggs.


The Indian python is classified as lower risk – Least Concern on the IUCN Red List of

Threatened Species.The Indian Python is given conservation through Wildlife Protection Act

1972 as it is under Schedule – I species of importance. As the species is Lethargic and Slow

moving, people used to keep it as pet from historic times. Earlier this species was under

threat as its body parts such as Bones, Skin and Testicles was illegally traded and used for

traditional medicines as well as other items manufacturing such as Lather items. People in

the study area are very much aware of this species and usually no one kills this species when

it comes to accidental encounter with one another. People call officials of forest department

for rescue of it rather than killing by themselves.


- Habitat loss, due to rapid growth of development in rural as well as agricultural sector

results in the shortage of natural habitats.



- Shortage of water sources the hot summer days as the Python prefers to live nearby a

water body. As there are very few perennial water resources present in the study area.

- Casualties’ causes by road accidents or by accidental encounter with community

inhibiting.

- Illegal hunting by some communities In the study area, all the villages surveyed are

against hunting or poaching of the people and not found any such activity promoted in

this region.




1. Increasing the tree cover in the study area which will provide habitat and roosting to

the small birds, small mammals and other reptiles which can be important part of

food chain of Indian Python. This can be achieved by planting of trees (a group of

trees that grow close together, generally without many bushes or other plants) in

buffer area. By encouraging people for plantation of some local species such as

Neem, Shirish, Khakhro, Haldu, Amli, Banyan, Peepal and Peeper or other Ficus sp.

Vacant places such as edges of agricultural fields, village Gauchar, Panchayat’s

common land, neighbourhood of people inhibiting, road side avenue tree plantation,

open scrubs, ravines, school compounds can be selected for practicing the plantation

activity.

2. Awareness programmes (community and school level) for conservation of Reptiles

such as Python in the study area and also through organizing Presentations,

competitions during “Wildlife Week” and “Van Mahotsav” celebrations by active

involvement of local community.

3. Some provision of rewards to informers for the control of poaching and illegal trade

in wildlife.

4. Carrying out census and research projects to know the potential threats and



5. Provision of veterinary care and Rescue for the species when it comes with direct

encounter to community inhibiting nearby.

6. Another way to help preserve the endangered species is to create society dedicated



7. With the objective of effectively protecting the wild life and to control poaching,






The proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 1,50,000/-for the “Indian Python” conservation

plan under the following heads:

Sr.

No. Work or Activity Approximate Cost. Rs.

1 Five awareness programme for “Indian Python”

conservation

20,000/Each =

1,00,000/-

2 5 cash prizes @ 10000 in a year will be awarded to the

informer of poachers.

50,000/-

TOTAL 1,50,000/-

- Danaid eggfly (Hypolimnas misippus)


Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Arthropoda

Class: Insecta

Order: Lepidoptera

Family: Nymphalidae

Genus: Hypolimnas

Species: H. misippus

Binomial name

Hypolimnas misippus


Hypolimnas misippus, the Danaid eggfly, mimic, or diadem, is a widespread species of

nymphalidbutterfly. It is well known for polymorphism and mimicry. Males are blackish with

distinctive white spots that are fringed in blue. Females are in multiple forms that include

male-like forms while others closely resemble the toxic butterflies Danaus chrysippus and

Danaus plexippus. They are found across Africa, Asia, and Australia. In the new world they

are found in the West Indies, with strays in Central and North America.The male has the

upper wings dark velvety brownish black. The forewing has a broad white oval spot between

veins 3 and 7. A smaller spot near the apex is also present. These spots are crossed by the

black veins and bordered in iridescent blue that is visible only at certain angles. The hind

wing has a larger white spot but the veins crossing it are yellowish and not as prominent as

on the forewing. There are some white specks along the tornus and the margin is edged

with white and black.


Larva: Describes this as cylindrical, black, with a darker black dorsal line, banded

transversely with pale brown transverse tuberculated small spots; beneath dark olive-



brown; legs and head brick-red; head furnished with two long black thick branched spines;

the rest of the segments except the anal with ten branched spines, dirty, transparent white

in colour and disposed in longitudinal rows, anal segment with two similar spines.

Food Habits

It is found mainly around flowering plants, herbs and shrubs.


Danaid eggfly is under least concern category of IUCN but on the other hand due to

decreasing the sightings or any such reason Indian authorities have kept this species under

Schedule – I in the Wildlife Protection Act which gives special attention to the species for its

conservation. This species along with other butterfly closely associated with humans.

Human does plantation of ornamental species in which the flowering lasts throughout the

year which acts as a rich source of food for butterflies. The relation is interdependent as the

butterfly plays vital role in pollination of the plant species. The study area is having

agriculture activity as major land use, existence of this kind of faunal species is very much

beneficial as they plays very important role in fruiting of plants which in turns high annual

yield.


Anthropogenic activities are main reason behind decreasing such smaller faunal species.

Due to rapid growth of population the agricultural practices changes to meet such huge

demand of annual yield which is the main factor for usage of Chemical pesticides and

chemical fertilizer which gives indirect effect of poisoning of such important insect species.

Changes in crop pattern, selection of ornamental plants also acts as habitat loss and loss of

breeding ground for butterfly species. Change in climate pattern also acts as responsible

factor for decline in population of such delicate species which is very much sensitive to

minor changes in the climate as well as atmosphere.




1) Community inhibiting in study area should make well aware about the importance of

the insects in their daily life especially butterflies and bees which acts a very vital

role in pollination which results in high and successful fruiting of crops. This can be

achieved by arrangements of village wise awareness campaigns. People can be

approached through local gatherings and meetings such as Gram sabha in which we

can address them for effective conservation of such species.

2) Community awareness for selection of indigenous crops, ornamental plants in empty

spaces, home gardens, agricultural fields and open scrub areas which provide

breeding and feeding ground for Danied eggfly and such other butterflies and

insects.

3) Community awareness-training sessions to be arranged for usage and manufacturing

local indigenous pesticides and fertilizers by traditional methods which decreases

usage of chemical pesticides and fertilizer.

4) Plant saplings of Flowering and Fruiting plants can be distributed to local people to

promote the plantation of butterfly and bee friendly species which gives breeding

and feeding platform to the species.

The proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 102500/-for the “Danaideggfly” conservation plan



1 Plantation-350 flowring plants (as per

the plant species-Cost of sapling will


52,500/-(@ 150/-per plant)


conservation

20,000/-



poachers.

30,000/-

TOTAL 1,02,500/-



Common Pierrot (Castalius rosimon)


Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Arthropoda

Class: Insecta

Order: Lepidoptera

Family: Lycaenidae

Genus: Castalius

Species: C. rosimon

Binomial name

Castalius rosimon


Castalius rosimon, the Common Pierrot, is a small butterfly found in India that belongs to

the lycaenids, or blues family.

Male

The upperside of its wings is mainly white. Forewing has the costa, apex and termen edged

with black, the edging much broader on apex and termen; base outwards for a short

distance more or less densely overlaid. with metallic blue scales which cover and make

indistinct a large basal outwardly clavate (club-shaped) black spot; a transverse black oval

spot on the discocellulars touching the black edging on the costa; an oblique irregular line of

four quadrate black spots beyond, the upper spot coalesced with the black on the costal

border, the next spot below shifted outwards out of line, touching, as does also the lowest

spot, the terminal black edging; posterior to this is a quadrate black spot in the apical half of

interspace 2, and placed obliquely outwards from 1b coalescent with the terminal black

border, another similar spot in interspace 1.

Hindwing: three basal black somewhat coalescent spots overlaid with metallic blue scaling;

the costal margin above the subcostal vein and vein 7 black; this colour filling also the base

of interspace 6, where in some specimens it is divided into a basal portion with a spot

beyond; a postdiscal curved transverse black band followed by a subterminal transverse

series of black spots, each spot edged inwardly and outwardly by very slender lunules of the

white ground colour; on the inner side of the postdiscal band posteriorly is a broken line of

four black generally coalescent spots two and two, the two upper often touching the

postdiscal band.

Underside primarily white. Forewing has a long oblique black band from base outwards to

the costa; below it and obliquely placed an irregular black somewhat conical mark; following

these are two outwardly oblique, medially interrupted, black macular bands; the inner of



the two extended from costa along the discocellulars, is then widely interrupted below its

posterior portion that is formed of two elongate coalescent spots and touches the inner

subterminal transverse line of elongate spots just above the tornus; the outer, obliquely

placed line is subapical and medially broken, the middle portion consisting of a quadrate

spot is shifted outwards; finally, two parallel subterminal transverse series of black elongate

spots, the inner series of broad, more or less rectangular spots, the outer series of more

linear spots, the latter coalescent anteriorly with a slender anteciliary black line.

Hindwing: a transverse basal black band, with an elongate black spot below it on the

dorsum; a transverse subbasal line of four well-separated black spots; a transverse, oval,

discocellular black spot and obliquely above it three subcostal similar spots, the inner two

coalescent; postdiscal and terminal markings consist, the former of four black posterior

spots two and two, each pair coalescent and placed en echelon, the latter of a transverse

double series of subterminal black spots and an anteciliary black line; the upper portion of

the postdiscal markings touches the inner subterminal line. Cilia of both forewings and

hindwings white alternated with black at the apices of the veins; filamentous short tail to

the hindwing black tipped with white. Antennae, head, thorax and abdomen black, the

shafts of the antennae ringed with white, the head between the eyes and behind them

white; beneath: the palpi, thorax and abdomen white, the last barred broadly with white on

the sides.

Female

Similar to the male but with the black markings on the upper and undersides broader.


Larva

"Feeds on Zizyphus sp. and is of a rough texture all over. It is of the usual woodlouse form,

much flattened towards the anal segment which is very broad; head concealed; colour

bright green with a double, dorsal, yellow line and the sides powdered with small yellow

spots."

Pupa

"Of the usual Castalius form but narrow and slightly flattened. It is intensely glossy as if

covered with gum. It varies in colour, being sometimes black, at others green with

inconstant black markings."

Food Habits

It is found mainly around flowering plants, herbs and shrubs.




Common Pierrot is under least concern category of IUCN but on the other hand due to

decreasing the sightings or any such reason Indian authorities have kept this species under

Schedule – I in the Wildlife Protection Act which gives special attention to the species for its

conservation. This species along with other butterfly closely associated with humans.

Human does plantation of ornamental species in which the flowering lasts throughout the

year which acts as a rich source of food for butterflies. The relation is interdependent as the

butterfly plays vital role in pollination of the plant species. The study area is having

agriculture activity as major land use, existence of this kind of faunal species is very much

beneficial as they plays very important role in fruiting of plants which in turns high annual

yield.


Anthropogenic activities are main reason behind decreasing such smaller faunal species.

Due to rapid growth of population the agricultural practices changes to meet such huge

demand of annual yield which is the main factor for usage of Chemical pesticides and

chemical fertilizer which gives indirect effect of poisoning of such important insect species.

Changes in crop pattern, selection of ornamental plants also acts as habitat loss and loss of

breeding ground for butterfly species. Change in climate pattern also acts as responsible

factor for decline in population of such delicate species which is very much sensitive to

minor changes in the climate as well as atmosphere.


1) Community inhibiting in study area should make well aware about the importance of

the insects in their daily life especially butterflies and bees which acts a very vital

role in pollination which results in high and successful fruiting of crops. This can be



achieved by arrangements of village wise awareness campaigns. People can be

approached through local gatherings and meetings such as Gram sabha in which we

can address them for effective conservation of such species.

2) Community awareness for selection of indigenous crops, ornamental plants in empty

spaces, home gardens, agricultural fields and open scrub areas which provide

breeding and feeding ground for Common Pierrot and such other butterflies and

insects.

3) Community awareness-training sessions to be arranged for usage and manufacturing

local indigenous pesticides and fertilizers by traditional methods which decreases

usage of chemical pesticides and fertilizer.

Plant saplings of Flowering and Fruiting plants can be distributed to local people to

promote the plantation of butterfly and bee friendly species which gives breeding

and feeding platform to the species.

a) Whether conservation plan for schedule-I species has been approved by competent

authority?

The conservation plan for above described schedule-I species has been approved by

competent authority and also the authority is focused towards conservation of such

species of importance which are essential to balance the environment.

The proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 102500/- for the “Common pierrot Butterfly”



1 Plantation-350 flowring plants (as per the plant

species-Cost of sapling will be changed per

year)

52,500/-(@ 150/-per

plant)

3 One awareness programme for conservation 20,000/-

4 3 cash prizes @ 10000 in a year will be awarded

to the informer of poachers.

30,000/-

TOTAL 1,02,500/-



Proponent will contribute total of 11,72,500/- Rs. in two years for the conservation of

following species:

Sr.

No. Animal Type

Scientific Name

(Zoological Name) Local Name Budgetary Provision

1 Oriental honey

buzzard Pernis ptilorhynchus Madhiyo baj 1,02,500/-

2 White-eyed

buzzard Butastur teesa - 1,02,500/-

3 Black kite Milvus migrans Samadi 1,02,500/-

4 Shikra Accipiter badius Shakro 1,02,500/-

5 Short-toed

snake eagle Circaetus gallicus - 1,02,500/-

6 Indian peafowl Pavo cristatus Mor 2,02,500/-

7 Black-

shouldered kite Elanus axillaris Kapasi 1,02,500/-

8 Danaid eggfly Hypolimnas misippus Patangiu 1,02,500/-

9 Common

pierrot Castalius rosimon Patangiu 1,02,500/-

10 Indian python Python molurus Ajgar 1,50,000/-

Total 11,72,500/-



3.11 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

An assessment of socio - economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study.

Therefore, baseline information for the same was collected during the study period. The

baseline socio - economic data collected for the study region, before the proposed is

operational, has been identified for the four major indicators viz. demography, civic

amenities, economy and social culture. The baseline status of the above indicators is

compiled in forthcoming sections.

3.11.1 SETTLEMENTS AND DEMOGRAPHIC PATTERN

3.11.1.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION

The land use/land cover has been presented in the form of a map prepared by using the IRS-P

6 LISS-III, procured from the National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Hyderabad. The

satellite data has been processed using ERDAS Imagine software supported with ground

checks and ground truth verification wherever required. Area and distance calculations have

been carried out using GIS software after geo-referencing the interpreted data with the help

of SoI topographical maps of 1:50,000 scale.

3.11.1.2 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA WITHIN THE REGION OF INTEREST

The population details (i.e. population distribution and population density) of the Taluka

Vagra, District Bharuch and the study area within 10 km radius are presented in Table-3.16

& its graphical representation is given in Figure-3.9.

TABLE – 3.17

DEMOGRAPHIC DATA

Sr.

No.

Village

Name

CD

Block

Name

No. of

Household

Total

Population

Total

Male

Total

Female

Population

<06 years

Male<06

years

Female

<06

years

1 Sayakha Vagra 231 1072 560 512 81 38 43

2 Vagra Vagra 1560 7724 3924 3800 936 487 449

3 Juned Vagra 84 443 226 217 57 26 31

4 Bhersam Vagra 325 1461 735 726 158 67 91

5 Khojbal Vagra 287 1513 782 731 209 112 97

6 Kothia Vagra 111 555 279 276 68 30 38

7 Saran Vagra 273 1346 686 660 173 84 89

8 Pisad Vagra 151 708 362 346 89 49 40

9 Rahad Vagra 185 931 473 458 110 62 48

10 Aragama Vagra 223 1188 611 577 154 76 78

11 Ankot Vagra 162 739 399 340 96 48 48



12 Vorasamni Vagra 475 2514 1250 1264 247 119 128

13 Vilayat Vagra 444 2203 1133 1070 235 129 106

14 Vansi Vagra 270 1522 796 726 201 110 91

15 Amleshwar Vagra 494 2392 1261 1131 213 112 101

16 Navetha Vagra 196 974 472 502 105 46 59

17 Pipalia Vagra 316 1609 823 786 189 91 98

18 Vahiyal Vagra 250 1170 607 563 123 60 63

19 Sutrel Vagra 190 958 482 476 124 68 56

(Courtesy: Census of India 2011)



TABLE – 3.17 (CONTD.)

DEMOGRAPHIC DATA

Sr.

No.

Village

Name

CD Block

name

Population

Schedule

caste

Male

Schedule

caste

Female

Schedule

caste

Population

Schedule

tribe

Male

Schedule

tribe

Female

Schedule

tribe

1 Sayakha Vagra 76 41 35 413 210 203

2 Vagra Vagra 396 200 196 1666 855 811

3 Juned Vagra 24 12 12 197 100 97

4 Bhersam Vagra 27 15 12 874 440 434

5 Khojbal Vagra 40 20 20 425 225 200

6 Kothia Vagra 45 25 20 236 117 119

7 Saran Vagra 54 22 32 351 190 161

8 Pisad Vagra 38 18 20 234 123 111

9 Rahad Vagra 31 16 15 552 281 271

10 Aragama Vagra 24 14 10 361 201 160

11 Ankot Vagra 50 25 25 135 61 74

12 Vorasamni Vagra 91 47 44 655 329 326

13 Vilayat Vagra 73 36 37 833 434 399

14 Vansi Vagra 28 14 14 401 213 188

15 Amleshwar Vagra 96 46 50 1233 641 592

16 Navetha Vagra 105 48 57 364 172 192

17 Pipalia Vagra 52 24 28 475 235 240

18 Vahiyal Vagra 77 39 38 505 266 239

19 Sutrel Vagra 42 23 19 412 212 200




TABLE – 3.18

POPULATION DENSITY

Name Population

(Persons)

Population Density

(Person / sq. km.)

Sex ratio

(No. of females per 1000 males)

Within 5 km Radius (2011) 9397 120 943

Within 10 km Radius (2011) 31022 101 956

Taluka Vagra (2011) 100044 114 870

District Bharuch (2011) 1551019 238 925

(Courtesy: Census Dept., GOI)

FIGURE - 3.13

POPULATION DENSITY



3.11.2 LITERACY RATE

The literacy rate is a major factor, which influences the socio-cultural condition of a

particular place. Details of literacy rate in District Bharuch, Taluka Vagra and within 10 km

radius and 5 km radius of project site are given in Table 3.20 while their graphical

representation is shown in Figure 3.10. Literacy rate in Bharuch District, as per 2011 Census

data is 72.09 %, with 77.32 % among male and 66.44 % among female. Literacy rate in Vagra

Taluka as per 2011 Census data is 70.47 % with 77.56 % among males and 62.32 % among

females.

Within 10 km radius of the study area, the literacy rate is observed 69.26 % having 75.28 %

among males and 62.70 % among females, whereas literacy rate within 5 km radius of study

area is 65.37 % having 72.51 % among males and 57.79 % among females.

TABLE - 3.19

LITERACY RATE

Name Male Literacy (%) Female Literacy (%) Total Literacy (%)

Within 5 km Radius (2011) 72.51 57.79 65.37

Within 10 km Radius (2011) 75.28 62.70 69.26

Taluka Vagra (2011) 77.56 62.32 70.47

District Bharuch (2011) 77.32 66.44 72.09




TABLE - 3.19 (CONTD.)

LITERACY RATE


Sr.

No.

Village

Name

CD Block

name

Population

Literate

Male

Literate

Female

Literate

Population

Illiterate

Male

Illiterate

Female

Illiterate

1 Sayakha Vagra 753 440 313 319 120 199

2 Vagra Vagra 5532 2983 2549 2192 941 1251

3 Juned Vagra 287 158 129 156 68 88

4 Bhersam Vagra 864 500 364 597 235 362

5 Khojbal Vagra 1045 587 458 468 195 273

6 Kothia Vagra 366 218 148 189 61 128

7 Saran Vagra 801 461 340 545 225 320

8 Pisad Vagra 534 294 240 174 68 106

9 Rahad Vagra 603 352 251 328 121 207

10 Aragama Vagra 898 484 414 290 127 163

11 Ankot Vagra 533 325 208 206 74 132

12 Vorasamni Vagra 1875 997 878 639 253 386

13 Vilayat Vagra 1451 840 611 752 293 459

14 Vansi Vagra 1103 613 490 419 183 236

15 Amleshwar Vagra 1637 913 724 755 348 407

16 Navetha Vagra 705 375 330 269 97 172

17 Pipalia Vagra 1026 584 442 583 239 344

18 Vahiyal Vagra 787 449 338 383 158 225

19 Sutrel Vagra 648 368 280 310 114 196



FIGURE - 3.14

LITERACY DATA



3.11.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

In economic development of the region its geographical location, natural resources, business and employment, industries and manpower play

vital role. Table 3.22 provides the occupational patterns in all villages falling within the area of interest.

TABLE - 3.20

OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

Sr. No. Village

Name

CD

Block

name

Total Work

Population

Main

worker

Population

Main

Cultivator

Population

Main

Agriculture

Population

Main

Household

Population

Main Other

Population

Marginal

Worker

Population

Non

Worker

Population

1 Sayakha Vagra 368 363 94 231 0 38 5 704

2 Vagra Vagra 2719 1881 213 304 50 1314 838 5005

3 Juned Vagra 195 194 34 131 1 28 1 248

4 Bhersam Vagra 682 659 135 452 1 71 23 779

5 Khojbal Vagra 523 362 75 161 7 119 161 990

6 Kothia Vagra 265 223 44 162 0 17 42 290

7 Saran Vagra 392 388 26 313 1 48 4 954

8 Pisad Vagra 315 181 89 81 0 11 134 393

9 Rahad Vagra 397 379 63 269 0 47 18 534

10 Aragama Vagra 405 388 42 161 1 184 17 783

11 Ankot Vagra 313 266 56 169 0 41 47 426

12 Vorasamni Vagra 757 636 118 337 1 180 121 1757

13 Vilayat Vagra 986 962 96 704 3 159 24 1217

14 Vansi Vagra 509 421 61 257 0 103 88 1013

15 Amleshwar Vagra 939 703 177 365 12 149 236 1453



16 Navetha Vagra 459 450 60 296 2 92 9 515

17 Pipalia Vagra 639 615 131 362 5 117 24 970

18 Vahiyal Vagra 568 562 91 423 2 46 6 602

19 Sutrel Vagra 350 337 54 237 3 43 13 608


3.11.4 AMENITIES

Infrastructure resource base of the surveyed villages with reference to education, medical, water resources, post and telegraph,

communication, power supply is presented in Table-3.23 There are 35 villages within study area of 10 km radius of plant site. Significant

observations with respect to availability of amenities in study area are as follows.

All of the villages have primary schools, 4 villages have both primary and secondary education schools. 8 villages have adult education facility.

20 villages in the impact zone have community health workers, 12 villages have primary health sub centre, 4 villages have registered private

practitioners while 5 villages have family planning center, 3 villages have primary health center. One maternity home, four child welfare

centers, one nursing home, two dispensaries and one hospital are also available in the impact zone.

In the study area drinking water facilities are good as tap water and well water is available almost in all the villages, 4 villages have hand

pumps. Tank water is available in 10 villages, 2 villages get water from tube well, 5 from canal and one from Nallah. Post office facility is

available in 27 villages while one village has post and telegraph facility. Telephone facility is available in 17 villages. 35 villages are well

connected through a network of Pucca road. 30 villages have Kuccha approach road. Bus is the main mode of transportation and is available in

38 villages, while 4 villages are connected with railways. All the villages get electricity for all purpose i.e. domestic, agriculture and industrial.



TABLE - 3.21

DETAILS OF AMMENITIES AVAILABLE IN STUDY AREA

Village Educational Medical Drinking Water Post & Telegraph

GPS PPS GSS PSS GEC PEC PHC M&

CWC

FWC T TW/

BH

R/C PO P&T T

Sayakha 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1

Vagra 4 3 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 2 1 2 1 0 1

Juned 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1

Bhersam 2 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1

Khojbal 1 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1

Kothia 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 1 2 2 0 1

Saran 2 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1

Pisad 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 1 1 2 0 1

Rahad 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 1 1 2 0 1

Aragama 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1

Ankot 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1

Vorasamni 2 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 0 1

Vilayat 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 1 2 2 0 1

Vansi 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1

Amleshwar 2 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 1 2 2 0 1

Navetha 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1

Pipalia 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1

Vahiyal 1 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 1 2 2 0 1



Sutrel 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 1 2 2 0 1


Approach to road Power Supply

PR KR ED EAG EC EA

Sayakha 1 2 1 1 1 1

Vagra 1 1 1 1 1 1

Juned 1 1 1 1 1 1

Bhersam 1 2 1 1 1 1

Khojbal 1 2 1 1 1 1

Kothia 1 1 1 1 1 1

Saran 1 1 1 1 1 1

Pisad 1 1 1 1 1 1

Rahad 1 1 1 1 1 1

Aragama 1 1 1 1 1 1

Ankot 1 1 1 1 1 1

Vorasamni 1 1 1 1 1 1

Vilayat 1 1 1 1 1 1

Vansi 1 1 1 1 1 1

Amleshwar 1 2 1 1 1 1

Navetha 1 2 1 1 1 1

Pipalia 1 2 1 1 1 1

Vahiyal 1 1 1 1 1 1

Sutrel 1 1 1 1 1 1



TABLE 3.22 ABBREVIATIONS

1. Education

P-Primary Elementary School

H-Matriculation or Secondary

O-Other Educational Institution

PUC-Higher Secondary/Intermediate/pre-

University/junior College

Ac- Adult Literacy Class

Tr-Training School

2. Medical Facilities

RP-Registered Private Practitioner

PHS-Primary Health Sub-Centre

FPC-Family Planning Centre

PHC-Primary Health Centre

D- Dispensary

CHW - Community Health Worker/Health

Worker

H - Hospital

NH - Nursing Home

MH - Maternity Home

PHC - Public Health Centre

CWC - Child Welfare Centre

TB - T.B Clinic

O – Others

3. Drinking Water

T-Tap Water

HP-Hand Pump

TK-Tank Water

W-Well Water

R-River Water

C-Canal

N - Nallah

S – Spring

TW- Tube well Water

4. Post & Telegraph

PO-Post Office

PTO-Post & Telegraph

Phone-Telephone Communication

5. Communication

BS-Bus Station

NW-Navigable Waterway

6. Approaches to Village

PR-Pucca Road

KR-Kuchcha Road

7. Power Supply

EA-Electricity for all purposes

EAG - Electricity for Agriculture

ED - Electricity for domestic

EO - Electricity for other purpose like Industrial,

Commercial etc.



EIA REPORT PREPARED BY M/s. AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. 4-1

CHAPTER – 4:

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

& MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

Various sources of pollution with respect to wastewater, the flue gas / process emission,

hazardous waste and noise generation along with their qualitative and quantitative analysis

as well as measures taken to control them are discussed herein with details. The network

method was adopted to identify potential impact, which involves understanding of cause-

condition-effect relationship between an activity and environmental parameters. This

method involves the "road map" type of approach to the identification of second and third

order effect. The basic idea is to account for the project activity and identify the type of

impact that could initially occur followed by the identification of secondary and tertiary

impacts.

Identified potential impacts for the various components of the environment, i.e. air, noise,

water, land and socio-economic, are presented in Figure 4.1. It should be noted that in these

illustrations the lines are to be read as "might have an effect on".




Dia. – 4.1

IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

Project

Activity Construction Operation

Phase Phase

Release of Air Release of

Pollutants Heat

Primary Change in Impact on Particulates Climatic

Impacts Air Quality Visibility Deposition on Changes

Water, Land

Aesthetic Impact on Impact on

Impact Agricultural Flora & Fauna

Produce

Secondary Impact on Human

Impacts Health

Tertiary Impact on Impact on

Impacts Economic Output Socio - Cultural

Environment




Dia. – 4.1 CONTD.

IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Project

Activity Construction Operational

Phase Phase

Noise Emission

Primary

Impacts Change in

Ambient

Noise Level

Secondary Health Risks Impact on Work Migration of Birds,

Impacts Output and Reptiles & Population

Efficiency


Impacts Economic Socio-cultural

Output Environment




Dia. – 4.1 CONTD.

IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

Project

Construction Phase Operational Phase

Activity Change in Surface Releases of

Morphology Wastewater

Impact on Runoff/

Seepage

Primary Impact on Impact on Environmental

Impacts Hydraulics of Water Quality Health and

Water Courses Aesthetic Risk

Secondary Impact on Impact on Cost of Water Impact on

Impacts Hydraulic of Aquatic Life Treatment Amenity /

Water Cources Recreation

Impact on Economic Output Impact on Socio-Cultural

Impacts Environment




Dia. – 4.1 CONTD.

IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER ENVIRONMENT

Project

Cnstruction Operational

Phase Phase

Activity Distrubance Release of

of Soil Waste-water

on Land

Primary Change in Groundwater Change in Structure Addition / Removal

Impacts Regime : Soil Moisture / of Soil : Ground of Substances or

water Level / Flow Level Heat to / form

Pattern / Salt Water the Soil

Instruction

Secondary Impact on Soil Biota Impact on Flora Impact on

Impacts and Fauna Landscape

Impact on Agriclutural Impact on Livestock

Production


Impacts Economic Socio - Cultural

Out Put Environment




Dia. – 4.1 CONTD.

IMPACT NETWORK ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

Project

Activity Construction Operational

Phase Phase

Primary Disturbance Disposal of

Impacts of land Wastewater

& Sludge on Land

Change in soil Change in Ground Toxic Substances

Texture & Permeability Water Regime / Salt on Land, Particulate

Water Intrusion Deposition on Land

Secondary Impact on Soil Salinity Impact on

Impacts Landscape Flora & Fauna


Impacts Agricultural Produce Live Stock

Impact on Impact on Socio-

Economic Output Cultural Environment




Dia. – 4.1 CONTD.

IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC & CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

Project

Activity Operational Phase Construction Phase

Primary Economic Input Economic Output Demand for Wark Force

Impacts Capital/C&M Cost Product Cost

Net Income

Output

SecondaryChange in Development Better Air, Water Empolyment Demand for Demand for Aesthetic

Impacts Economic Base of Ancillary Product Land, Noise Opportunity Communication Infrastructural Risk

of The Region Industries Avaliability Pollution Facilities Facilities

Saving of Foreign

Exchange Effect On Effect On Effect On Effect on

Human Health Agriculture & Visual Buildings

Fisheries Environment Materials

Mounments

Tertiary Effect On Water Supply, Effect On Educational Effect On Human, Nature &

Impacts Sewerage & Soild Waste Medical, Transport Recreational Facilities

Management Facilities Facilities




4.2 PREDICTIONS AND EVALUATION OF IMPACTS

An impact can be defined as any change in physical, chemical, biological, cultural and/or

socioeconomic environment that can be attributed to activities related to alternatives under

study for meeting the project needs. Impact methodology provides an organized approach

for prediction and assessing these impacts.

Scientific techniques and methodologies based on mathematical modeling are available for

studying impacts of various project activities on environmental parameters.

The nature of the impacts due to said project activities are discussed here in detail. Each

parameter identified in the proceeding chapter, is singularly considered for the anticipated

impact due to various activities listed. The impact is quantified using numerical scores 0, 1,

2, 3, 4 and 5 in increasing order of activity. In order to assess the impact accurately, each

parameter is discussed in detail covering the following:

1) Project activities likely to generate impact

2) Quantification and prediction of impact




TABLE - 4.1

CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION STAGE POTENTIAL IMPACTS & MITIGATIVE MEASURES

Environmental

Components Sources of Impact Mitigative Measure

Water

Environment

Construction activity &

abstraction of water for

construction

requirement and

sanitation for workers.

Discharge of process

effluents, sewage and

utility wastewater.

Proper management of surface water run

off shall be made. Company will provide the

sanitation facility for workers.

Total water requirement will be 428.35 KLD

(Fresh water= 266.35 KLD + Reused= 162

KLD). The wastewater generations will

237.35 KL/Day (226.35 KLD Industrial + 11.0

KLD Domestic).

11.0 KL/Day Domestic wastewater will be

treated in STP and treated effluent will be


High COD & TDS stream: 170.0 KL/Day

Wastewater from process will be sent to

Solvent Stripper then sent to In-house MEE.

151 KL/Day MEE condensate will be reused

within premises and MEE Salt will be send

to TSDF site.

Low COD & TDS Stream from process (10

KL/Day) and Dilute Stream (46.35 KL/Day):

56.35 KL/Day Wastewater will be sent to

ETP. Total 56.35 KLD will be treated in ETP

and then treated effluent will be sent to

CETP for further treatment & disposal.

Air Environment There will be generation

of dust & vehicular

emission due to

transportation of

construction

machineries and raw

materials

Regular water sprinkling will be done to

reduce dust generation.

Vehicles having PUC certificates will only be

allowed to transport materials and

equipment’s at project site.

Flue gas emission from

diesel operated

construction equipment

and machineries

Dust generation will be reduced by

maintaining the speed limit of vehicle

transporting construction materials.




Dust generation due to

site preparation

Construction raw materials will be covered

with tarpaulin sheet to minimize the dust

dispersion due to transportation by vehicles.

Dust mask will be provided to the workers.

Noise

Environment

Noise generation during

construction work

Engineering control, if possible, provide

noise protection devices like earmuffs, ear

plug to worker, Rotation of work to

minimize exposure.

Noise generation from

vehicular movement for

transportation of

construction material

and waste

Well maintained vehicles and properly

designed equipment will be used.

Restrict movement of vehicle between 10

p.m. to 6 a.m. if possible.

Land

Environment

Generation of Debris

due to Excavation and

paving of site

Debris will be reused in filling low lying area

Soil degradation due to

spillage/leakage of oil &

grease.

Designated construction area for prevention

of oil & grease getting mixed with soil.

Construction of RCC roads and pavements

to avoid soil contamination due to

spillage/leakage of oil & grease.

Generation of scraps

due to construction

activity

Will be sold to scrap vendors

Sewage Generation due

to influx of workers

Proper sanitation and disposal of sewage

sludge as manure in greenbelt

Green belt

Development

There shall be positive

impact of greenbelt

development as it will

act natural barrier for

dust emissions.

3565 sq. m. (33 %) area will be covered as

greenbelt and other forms of greenery.

Good greenery shall be maintained in and

around the site by planting various types of

local tress.

Trees species to be planted at plant shall be

in line with trees species recommended in

CPCB’s guidelines for developing

Greenbelts.

Hazardous/Solid

Waste

Wastes generated due

to spillage/leakage,

handling and disposal of

construction wastes and

Construction waste will be categorized in to

recyclable and non-recyclable and stored

separately.

Recyclable construction waste will be sent




other wastes. for recycling and non-recyclable waste will

be sent to authorize dealers for disposal.

Other wastes will be disposed off

adequately.

Ecology and

Biodiversity

The habitual activities of

the birds and butterflies

species will be affected.

Idle vehicles to be shut off when it will be

not in use.

Speed limit of vehicles will be maintained.

Loud horn in the vehicles will not be

allowed.

Noise from construction

will create stress on

animals and disturb

their daily activities

Acoustic enclose will be provided to

construction machineries and equipments.

Preference to be given that maximum

construction activities to be carried out

during day time only.

Other Risk and

Hazards

Chances of accident

during transportation of

material

All transportation within the working area

will be carried out directly under the

supervision and control of the management.

The vehicles must be maintained in good

repairs and checked thoroughly at least

once a week.

Fall from height, cut

injury and fall injury

during construction

activities.

Guard rails / barricade with warning signal

at excavated pit will provide.

Escape ladders will provide in case of

emergency

Soil heaps will keep away from the edge of

pit

Vehicles will strictly not allow to work too

close to excavated areas

Safe construction practices will be followed

under supervisor‘s inspection.

PPEs will be provided to workers for safety

against potential risk.




4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Source of water will be met through GIDC Water Supply.

Total water requirement will be 428.35 KL/Day (Fresh water = 266.35 KL/Day + Reused =

162 KL/Day). The wastewater generations will 237.35 KL/Day (226.35 KL/Day Industrial +

11.0 KL/Day Domestic).









4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological

parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level, etc.

A number of models have been developed for the prediction of pollutant concentration at

any point from an emitting source. The Industrial Source Complex – Short Term (ISCST3)

dispersion model is a steady-state Gaussian plume model. It is most widely accepted for its

interpretability. It gives reasonably correct values because this obeys the equation of

continuity and it also takes care of diffusion, which is a random process. For the present

study, this model is used for the prediction of maximum ground level concentration (GLC).

The proposed air emissions at M/s. Starlite Paints are SPM, SO2, HCL, NOx, NH3 and HBr. The

site specific and monitored details considered for input data for the software “ISC-AERMOD

View” by Lakes Environmental, Canada for prediction of impact on air environment are

given in Table 4.1. The site-specific hourly meteorological data measured at site. In order to

conduct a refined air dispersion modelling using ISCST3 and ISC-PRIME short-term air quality

dispersion models, the site specific hourly meteorological data measured at site is pre-

processed using the U.S. EPA PCRAMMET and U.S. EPA AERMET programs. Before starting

air dispersion modeling with ISC-AERMOD View, a building downwash analysis using BPIP

View was done. BPIP View is a graphical user interface designed to speed up the work

involved in setting up input data for the U.S. EPA Building Profile Input Program (BPIP) and

Building Profile Input Program – Plume Rise Model Enhancements (BPIP-PRIME).

The air pollution caused by the gaseous emissions from a single or small group of stacks is a

local phenomenon. Its impacts will occur at a distance ranging from within the immediate

vicinity of the stack to several kilometres away from the stack. Maximum ground level

concentration will occur within this range. All plumes at more downwind distances from the




source by stack emission become so diluted by diffusion in the ambient atmosphere, that

concentrations of pollutants become negligible. The maximum ground level concentration

for different parameters is given in Table 4.2. Equal concentration contour plots for SPM,

SO2, HCL, NOx, NH3 and HBr are given in Figure 4.2. Adequate measures shall be taken to

minimize air pollution by providing air pollution control equipment. Flue gases are

discharged from stacks at adequate height (as per GPCB norms).




TABLE – 4.2

DETAILS OF EMISSION FROM STACK & VENTS

No. Operating

Parameter Parameters

Stack Attached To

1: Boiler

[10 TPH]

2: Thermic

Fluid Heater

[10 Lakh

Kcal/Hr]

3: D.G. Set

[500*2 KVA]

4: Process

vent

5: Process

vent

6: Process

vent

7: Process

vent

1. Stack Height Meter 30 36 18 15 15 15 15

2. Diameter Meter 0.3 0.3 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15

3. Flue Gas

Temperature 0K 384 384 450 290 290 290 290

4.

Air Pollution

Control

Equipment

-- ESP + Water

scrubber

ESP + Water

scrubber

Adequate

stack Height

Two Stage

Water

Scrubber

Two Stage

Water

Scrubber

Two Stage

Water

Scrubber

Two Stage

Water

+Alkali

Scrubber

5. Flue Gas

Velocity M/S 5.84 5.84 12.3 3.23 3.23 3.23 3.23

6.

Emission

Concentration

SPM

SO2

NOX

mg/Nm3

(g/s)

mg/Nm3

(g/s)

mg/nm3

150*

(0.0480)

262*

(0.0838)

94*

150*

(0.0480)

262*

(0.0838)

94*

150*

(0.0095)

262*

(0.0167)

94*

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

40*

(0.0023)

--




HCL

NH3

HBr

(g/s)

mg/nm3

(g/s)

mg/nm3

(g/s)

mg/nm3

(g/s)

(0.0300)

--

--

--

--

--

(0.0300)

--

--

--

--

--

(0.0060)

--

--

--

--

--

20.0*

(0.0011)

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

175*

(0.0102)

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

5.0*

(0.0002)

--

20*

(0.0011)

--

--

--

--

7. Fuel - Imported

Coal

Imported

Coal Diesel -- -- -- --

(* - Permissible Limits)




FIGURE - 4.1

ISOPLETHS OF SPM




FIGURE - 4.1

ISOPLETHS OF SO2




FIGURE - 4.1

ISOPLETHS OF NOx




FIGURE - 4.1

ISOPLETHS OF HCL




FIGURE - 4.1

ISOPLETHS OF NH3




FIGURE - 4.1

ISOPLETHS OF HBr




TABLE - 4.3

SUMMARY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT

As proposed manufacturing activities have not yet started, the predictions were made using

CPCB permissible limit as these concentrations will in no case be exceeded. Ground level

concentrations calculated for proposed activities are superimposed on existing ambient air

quality monitoring results and combined values (Table-4.4) are found within permissible

National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

SR.

NO.

LOCATIONS X, Y

CO-

ORDINATES

CONCENTRATION

SPM

(g/m3)

SO2

(g/m3)

NOx

(g/m3)

HCl

(g/m3)

NH3

(g/m3)

HBr

(g/m3)

1. Project site (0,0) 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000

2. Vorasamni (6215, -339) 0.00621 0.01113 0.00389 0.00026 0.00122 0.00002

3. Vilayat (6102, -4068) 0.01499 0.02683 0.00938 0.00060 0.00280 0.00005

4. Bhersam (3616, -2599) 0.02801 0.05038 0.01754 0.00135 0.00627 0.00012

5. Cholad (2938, -5537) 0.00849 0.01524 0.00531 0.00039 0.00179 0.00004

6. Saladara (8249, -1808) 0.00518 0.00927 0.00325 0.00020 0.00095 0.00002

7. Saykha (-791, -1130) 0.07316 0.13358 0.04582 0.00545 0.02526 0.00050

8. Saran (2712, 791) 0.01764 0.03209 0.01105 0.00120 0.00555 0.00011

9. Vahiyal (-3842, 565) 0.00251 0.00454 0.00157 0.00015 0.00068 0.00001

10. Kothia (-2373, -3955) 0.04281 0.07696 0.02680 0.00204 0.00947 0.00019

11. Khojbal (-7232, -6554) 0.00867 0.01552 0.00543 0.00035 0.00162 0.00003

SR.

NO.

X, Y

CO-ORDINATES

MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION (g/m3)

SPM SO2 NOx HCL NH3 HBr

1. (-1000,-2000) 0.09961 -- -- -- -- --

2. (-1000,-2000) -- 0.18084 -- -- -- --

3. (-1000,-2000) -- -- 0.06238 -- -- --

4. (-1000,-2000) -- -- -- 0.00642 -- --

5. (-1000,-2000) -- -- -- -- 0.02975 --

6. (-1000,-2000) -- -- -- -- -- 0.00058




TABLE - 4.4

PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY FOR SPM, SO2, NOx, HCL, NH3, HBr Unit: g/m3

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

SPM (g/m3) SO2 (g/m3) NOX (g/m3)

AAQ

Value

Model

Value Predicted

AAQ

Value

Model

Value Predicted

AAQ

Value

Model

Value Predicted

1. Project site 129.9 0.000 129.9 11.63 0.000 11.63 13.52 0.000 13.52

2. Vahiyal 127.6 0.006 127.606 10.93 0.011 10.941 11.49 0.004 11.494

3. Sutrel 138.3 0.015 138.315 13.21 0.027 13.237 15.47 0.009 15.479

4. Saran 135.4 0.028 135.428 12.15 0.050 12.2 13.63 0.018 13.648

5. Juned 129.8 0.008 129.808 11.63 0.015 11.645 12.91 0.005 12.915

6. Vorasamni 127.1 0.005 127.105 9.13 0.009 9.139 10.25 0.003 10.253

7. Cholad 137.4 0.073 137.473 14.38 0.134 14.514 16.96 0.046 17.006

8. Sadathala 128.4 0.018 128.418 10.58 0.032 10.612 11.31 0.011 11.321

9. Khojbal 126.2 0.003 126.203 10.93 0.005 10.935 12.27 0.002 12.272

10. Bhelsli 133.8 0.043 133.843 12.55 0.077 12.627 13.43 0.027 13.457

11. Keshrol 131.5 0.009 131.509 11.92 0.016 11.936 12.34 0.005 12.345

NAAQS 500 80 80

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

HCL (g/m3) NH3 (g/m3) HBr (g/m3)

AAQ

Value

Model

Value Predicted

AAQ

Value

Model

Value Predicted

AAQ

Value

Model

Value Predicted

1. Project site BDL 0.000 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL

2. Vahiyal BDL 0.000 BDL BDL 0.001 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL

3. Sutrel BDL 0.001 BDL BDL 0.002 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL

4. Saran BDL 0.001 BDL BDL 0.006 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL

5. Juned BDL 0.000 BDL BDL 0.001 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL

6. Vorasamni BDL 0.000 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL

7. Cholad BDL 0.005 BDL BDL 0.025 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL

8. Sadathala BDL 0.001 BDL BDL 0.005 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL

9. Khojbal BDL 0.000 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL

10. Bhelsli BDL 0.002 BDL BDL 0.009 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL

11. Keshrol BDL 0.000 BDL BDL 0.001 BDL BDL 0.000 BDL

NAAQS 200 -- --

BDL = Below Detectable Limit

Conclusion: Max. GLC value is at village Cholad. Level of SPM at village Cholad is 137.4 g/m3 and Max. Incremental GLC of SPM – 0.073 g/m3 will increase at

village: Cholad and predicted level SPM at Village: Vadadala – 137.473 g/m3.




4.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Extensive oiling and lubrication and preventive maintenance shall be carried out to reduce

noise generation at source to the permissible limit. Acoustic enclosures shall be provided for

DG set. The Noise level is within the prescribed limit. At noisy area, adequate preventive &

control measures are taken. No significant noise, vibration or emission of light & heat from

the unit.

4.2.4 HAZARDOUS WASTE DETAILS

Hazardous wastes generation is Topic 2.12.1

4.2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES

The plant is located in a well-developed industrial estate developed by Gujarat Industrial

Development Corporation, which has all essential facilities such as water, power, fuel, post,

telecommunication, bank, etc. M/s. Starlite Paints shall get water from GIDC water supply

for proposed project. Hence, there will be no additional stress on ground water resources

and there will be no adverse effect on the ground water resources available in the nearby

area.

The power requirement of plant will be 2000 KVA. Company shall purchase power from

DGVCL. 2 No. of 500 KVA capacity DG Set will be kept for emergency power back up. The

transportation of raw materials and finished products shall be by road. As stated earlier, the

site is near to National Highway No. 228. As a result of proposed project there will be a

marginal increase in transportation activity as compared to present total traffic. As a result

of development of industrial estate, the neighboring areas have developed for commercial

use. The infrastructure services e.g. roads, state transport, post and telegraph,

communication, education and medical facilities, housing, etc. have improved in the

surrounding areas in recent years.

4.2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD

Raw material such as different chemicals, solvents, etc. shall be transported by road and

shall be stored in the plant premises. On site emergency plan shall be prepared for storage

and handling of hazardous chemicals and shall also be submitted to Government of Gujarat.

This report will be prepared with the consideration of hazards associated with the chemicals

and care should be taken for all aspects of environmental hazards. The project proponent

shall consider all the safety aspects in planning, designing and operation of the plant as per

standard practices. Hence, no adverse impact on this account is anticipated.

4.2.7 HOUSING

Enough number of dwellings is available in nearby towns and villages for accommodating

extra workforce. On neighboring towns or villages, the impact on this account is minimal.




4.2.8 ECOLOGY

The impact due to operation of the project and its activities on the ecological parameters

like natural vegetation, cropping pattern, fisheries and aquatic life, forests and species

diversity could be summarized as below.

4.2.8.1 NATURAL VEGETATION

The industry will develop a green belt on the surrounding periphery. Since the effluents and

emissions generated from the project activities shall be treated and disposed as per the

EMP provisions, adverse impact over any of the ecological components of the environment

is reduced to minimum.

4.2.8.2 CROPS

Since, the project shall be on a non-agricultural land, it shall not alter the crop production of

the area. Further, the necessary environmental protection measures have been planned

under EMP e.g. air pollution control systems shall be designed to take care of even

emergency releases of the gaseous pollutants like SPM, SO2, NOx, HCL, NH3 and HBr and

regular environmental surveillance shall be done, so as not to have any short-term or

cumulative effect on the crops and the natural vegetation of the area.

4.2.8.3 FISHERIES AND AQUATIC LIFE

Since the effluents and emissions generated from the project activities shall be treated and

disposed as per the EMP provisions, proposed project shall not envisage any adverse effect

on fisheries and aquatic life.

4.2.8.4 AESTHETIC ENVIRONMENT

The proposed activities shall be within GIDC estate. The proposed activities and further

plantation will enhance the aesthetic environment.

4.2.8.5 DEMOGRAPHY, ECONOMICS, SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT

M/s. Starlite Paints will give employment to about 100 employees (Including Contract

workers). In addition to direct employment, indirect employment shall generate ancillary

business to some extent for the local population. There is a positive effect due to improved

communication and health services, which have lead to economic prosperity, better

educational opportunities and access to better health and family welfare facilities. There has

been a beneficial effect on human settlement due to employment opportunities from

various industries in GIDC Estate & Proposed project of M/s. Starlite Paints More direct and

indirect employment shall be generated.

Local quality of life has improved. This factor combined with all other mitigation measures,

like proper treatment and disposal of hazardous waste; liquid effluent and gaseous




emission, has minimized the adverse impact on ecology and has a beneficial impact on

human settlement and employment opportunities. There has been a beneficial impact on

the local socio-economic environment. There shall be no displacement of any population in

plant area. Any major activity that may lead to resettlement of the people is considered as

permanent impact. Hence, there is no permanent impact on this account. The increasing

industrial activity will boost the commercial and economical status of the locality up to some

extent.

Socio-Economic Environment

Environmental Impact Assessment is a study or an estimate of the probable positive or

negative impact a proposed project could have on the environment, consisting of natural,

social and economic aspects. An assessment of socio-economic environment forms an

integral part of an EIA study. Therefore, base-line information for the same was collected

during the study period. The base-line S.E. data collected for the study region has been

identified in four major indicators namely- Demography, Civic Amenities, Economy and

Social Culture.

Employment:

During construction phase of the company, skilled and un-skilled manpower will be required

and their requirement will be met with from the local community. M/s. Starlite Paints will

give employment to 100 people (Including Contract Workers). With the employment

opportunities, local people’s income will increase and thereby, their economic status will

boost up. Further, secondary jobs shall also increase in the local area to provide day-to-day

needs/services to the working man. Demand for essential daily utilities in the market will

also temporarily increase to some extent.

Public Health:

During construction period the workers will be provided with safe water supply, low-cost

sanitation facilities, first aid treatment, necessary personal protective equipment etc, to

prevent an increase in diseases related to personal hygiene. With some other industrial

units coming up in the surrounding area, Govt. dispensary, medical check-up, medicines,

services of nurses & doctors etc. are likely to be increased with a view to taking care of

general health of the local community.

Education:

Presently, every village has a primary school up to VII std. and for higher standard

education, the students, both boys and girls, have to go to Bharuch. With increase in

population due to industrial growth, the surrounding villages may start higher standards




upto X and XII. Not only male students but female students can also take advantage of the

some and thereby, percentage of literate population in the local area may increase.

Transport:

With increased employment opportunities and higher economic status of the local

community and with an increase in market conditions, transport facilities by way of buses,

two-wheeler & four-wheeler vehicles will develop in future. Thus, overall development of

the local community and their health is likely to become a matter of fact with the co-

operation and support of GIDC and the industrial organizations of the local area. To sum up,

it could be said that there will be a positive effect due to improved communication and

health services, which would lead to economic prosperity, better educational opportunities

and access to better health and family welfare facilities. There will be a beneficial effect on

human settlement due to employment opportunities from various industrial establishments

in Saykha Industrial Estate. There is likely to be a beneficial impact on the local Socio-

Economic environment. There shall be no displacement of any population in the plant area.

The increasing industrial activity will boost up the commercial and economical status of the

locality to some extent.

1. This project is on non-agricultural land and therefore, it is not likely to alter the crop

production.

2. The manufacturing unit shall adopt comprehensive environmental plan covering

several environment protection measures to reduce the environmental pollution

resulting from the project.

To control the emission from process and utility stacks, the company would regularly

examine, inspect and test its emission to make sure that the emission is below the

permissible limit. With this, the status of sanitation and community health of the area would

not change.

4.2.8.6 FOREST, NATIONAL PARKS / SANCTUARIES

There is no reserved forest & no national park or sanctuary within 10 km radius of the plant.

There shall be no impact on the same.

4.2.8.7 PLACES OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL/HISTORICAL/RELIGIOUS/TOURIST INTEREST

There is no place of archaeological, historical, religious or tourist interest within the study

area i.e. 10 km radius of plant site. Hence, there shall be no impact on places of interest.

4.2.8.8. BENEFICIAL IMPACT OF GREEN BELT

Plants grown in such a way as to function as pollutant sinks are referred to as green belts.

Green belts are an effective tool in mitigating air pollution as they form a surface capable of

absorbing air pollutants and forming sinks for pollutants. Leaves with their vast area in a

tree crown, absorb pollutants on their surface, thus effectively reduce their concentrations




in the ambient air. Apart from functioning as pollutant sinks, green belts provide other

benefits like aesthetic improvement and providing possible habitats for birds and animals,

thus re creating hospitable nature in an otherwise drab urban- Industrial scene. An

important aspect of a green belt that is to be considered is that the plants constituting green

belts are living organisms with limits to their tolerance towards air pollutants. As a result

crossing the threshold limits in terms of pollution load, would lead to injury to plants

causing death of tissues and reducing their absorption potential. Thus green belt is effective

as pollution sink only within the tolerance limits of constituent plants.

Advantages of Green-Belt: -

Air Pollution control- Trees help in removing carbon dioxide and other pollutants

from air and by release of oxygen into the air thereby improving air quality. A green

belt development can also help in removing particulate matter from the air by

trapping such particulate matter.

Noise control- A green belt reduces the intensity of sound. It functions as a barrier.

Trees can either deflect, refract or may absorb sound to reduce its intensity. The

intensity reduction depends on the distance sound has to travel from source. Trees

can also modify suitably the humidity and climate, which affects sound intensity.

Help in soil erosion control. Plant species help in improving soil quality and bind soil

particles thereby preventing erosion. Green belts also help in containing water run

offs.

4.3 IMPACTS ON HUMANS

Positive Impact:

The unit will generate the local employment for the proposed project. The project is likely to

give a boost to the economy of the area and provide primary and secondary sectors

employment to local people.

Project will lead to development of ancillary industries and an overall economic growth of

nearby towns to supplement the population of the area.

Project proponent will ensure to connect even last people with the infrastructural facility

like educational, health, road etc in the locality.

Other needs and social-economic aspects of local inhabitants will be dealt with CSR activities

& CER activities in the region.

Negative Impact:

There will be transformation of many aspects of human life like social structures, livelihood

pattern, health institution, education etc. which is subject to realization and behavioural

change of the Project Affected Family (PAFs).




4.4 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES OF GEOLOGY

Impact:

During Operation, Accidents and risk assessments - Changes in soil chemistry due to

addition of foreign material due to system failures and/or accidents.

In case of accidents mentioned in the risk scenarios, proper actions will be taken according

to the mitigation measures.

Storage, Transportation and Handling of Construction and other Raw Material and

Hazardous Waste - Changes in soil texture will lead to change in porosity, permeability &

other such physical characteristics of soil of the area.

Mitigation Measures:

Properly lined/paved area for the works having potential of leakage/spillage of fuel or

material like area for Storage of construction and other raw material etc. Proper Mitigative

measures like use of efficient pollution control systems, proper stack height, use of top soil

in plantation results in no significant impact on soil of the core zone. There will be no impact

on soil of the study area located beyond the working area of the proposed project. Soil

samples will be collected and tested at regular intervals from the nearby areas. This will help

in mitigation of any harmful impact on soil due to the project activity, if any. Transportation

of hazardous waste will be done as per CPCB Guidelines. The dumpers will be covered to

prevent spillage or dusting. The drivers will be imparted training. The containers/ dumpers

will be marked with the name of TSDF where it is to be sent, contact details and the other

details required.

4.5 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES OF GEOHYDROLOGY

Impact:

Temporary contamination of groundwater may occur due to leakage and spillages. The

existing water level is less than 10 m hence care is required during the transportation and

storage. Also the area falls in a safe zone according to CGWB notification of 2011.

Contamination of groundwater may occur due to existing water level during any kind of

accidents or leakage. This will affect villages located around the site and crops may also get

affected.


Properly lined/paved area for the works having potential of leakage/spillage of fuel or

material like area for Storage of raw material etc. Transportation of hazardous waste will be

done as per CPCB Guidelines. The dumpers will be covered to prevent spillage or dusting.

The drivers will be imparted training. The containers / dumpers will be marked with the

name of TSDF where it is to be sent, contact details and the other details required.




Plant water/ wastewater treatment and its conveyance system shall be designed and proper

monitoring and care shall be taken for effective management of treated effluents.

4.6 IMPACT ON ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

There will be negligible impact on Ecology and Biodiversity of the study area as the project

site is located in Notified Industrial Estate of GIDC Saykha and the unit will not be disposing

any effluent on land or water body and treated waste water will be sent to CETP for further

Treatment and Disposal.

The land at present is well developed and does not support any flora & fauna. After the

Permission greenbelt of 33% will be developed in the periphery of the projects site which

will have positive impact since it will support various Faunal & Floral diversity.

Also greenbelt will help in purifying the air and reduce noise pollution Greenbelt will

increase the aesthetic value of the site and increase employment.

Hence the proposed project will create positive impact on EB environment by increasing the

green area of the region.

4.7 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

Impact of Transportation

The vehicular traffic of trucks will increase during the construction phase. There will be

increase of 7 trucks, 6 tankers, 2 loader, 10 cars, 40 bikes per day and may cause additional

air pollution to the surrounding areas. The effects may be more prominent.

During Operation, Trucks, tankers and other vehicles may cause traffic jam outside and

within the premises and cause additional air pollution.


This will be temporary and restricted to construction phase only. However proper traffic

management will be followed as per the specified norms.

In GIDC, a well-developed GIDC main road and internal road are made and having carrying

capacity to take care of additional traffic due to proposed project.

Therefore no additional roads will required to be constructed therefore there will not be any

change in land use of the study area.

However, Separate entry and exit gate shall be provided and trained security guards shall be

deployed to ensure proper management and movement of vehicles within premises.

Internal RCC road along with signboard of traffic sign will be provided. Traffic rules and

discipline shall be strictly implemented.

Adequate internal road of will provided for uninterrupted movement of fire tender.

Speed break bumper shall be provided on internal road at regular interval to avoid over

speed.

No vehicles will stop near weight bridge, wheel washing area after completion of activities.




To prevent Road accident following precautions to be taken :

• Transportation of waste/raw materials/ products by only authorized vehicles

• Regular training to drivers

• Organize awareness program

• Implementation of MSDS and TREM card




4.8 MATRIX REPRESENTATION

The impact matrix relating the parameters to the activities during construction phase &

operation phase and environmental impact assessment matrix with score of each parameter

is presented in Table 4.7 & Table 4.8 respectively.

The quantification of impact is done using numerical scores as per the following criteria.

TABLE-4.5

SEVERITY CRITERIA FOR MAGNITUDE OF IMPACT

Sr.

No. Category Description of Category

Impact

Adverse Beneficial

1. No impact - 0 0

2. No appreciable impact Short term reversible -1 1

3. Significant impact Long term reversible -2 2

4. Major impact Irreversible but of lesser extent -3 3

5. High impact Irreversible but of medium extent -4 4

6. Permanent impact Severe irreversible impact -5 5

TABLE-4.6

CUMULATIVE SCORE RANGE FOR BENEFICIAL AND ADVERSE IMPACTS

Sr.

No.

Cumulative Score Meaning

+ve/ -ve Beneficial impact / adverse impact

1. 0-150 No appreciable Beneficial impact / adverse impact

2. 151-300 Appreciable but reversible adverse impact-mitigation

measures are needed

3. 301-450 Significant adverse impacts: most of the impacts are

reversible. Mitigation measures are crucial.

4. 451-600 Major adverse impacts; most of the impacts are

reversible. Alternative site selection to be considered.

5. >600 Permanent irreversible impact; alternatives to the project

need to be explored




TABLE-4.7

IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX (CONSTRUCTION PHASE)

ACTIVITIES DURING

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Air

Qualit

y

Noise &

Odour

Water

Quality

Land

Quality

(Soil)

Solid

Hazardou

s Wastes

Risk &

Occupation

al Hazards

Ecology &

Bio

Diversity

Socio-

Economic

Status

Construction Material

Storage & Handling

X X X X X X

Water Requirement X X X

Sewage waste water

Discharge

X X X

Emissions during

operation of DG Set &

Machinery

X X X

Civil Construction

Activities

X X X X X X X X

Shutdown/ Startup X

Equipment Failures X X X X

Employment

Generation

X X X

Movement of Vehicles

for transportation of

vehicles and people

X X X X X X

Medical & Other

Needs

X X

Construction waste

disposal

X X X




TABLE-4.7 (CONTD.)

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX

Activities Environmental Parameter Total

Air

Quality

Noise &

Odour

Water

Quality

Land

Quality

(Soil)

Solid

Hazard

ous

Wastes

Risk &

Occupa

tional

Hazards

Ecolog

y & Bio

Diversi

ty

Socio-

Economic

Status

Construction Material

Storage & Handling

-2 -2 - -1 - -2 - - -7

Water Requirement - - -2 - - - - -2 -4

Sewage waste water

Discharge

- - -1 -1 -1 - - - -3

Emissions during

operation of DG Set &

Machinery

-1 -1 - - -1 - - - -3

Civil Construction

Activities

-3 -3 -3 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -19

Shutdown/ Startup - - - - - -1 - - -1

Equipment Failures -1 - -1 - -1 -1 - - -4

Employment Generation - - -3 - -2 - - +5 0

Movement of Vehicles

for transportation of

vehicles and people

-2 -2 - -1 - -2 -2 -2 -11

Medical & Other Needs - - - - -1 - - - -1

Construction waste

disposal

-1 - - -2 -2 - - - -5

Cumulative score -10 -8 -10 -7 -10 -8 -4 -1 -58

Total cumulative score for various environmental parameters is -58 and it can be said that

there is no appreciable adverse impacts during construction phase.




TABLE-4.8

IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX (OPERATION PHASE)

ACTIVITIES

DURING

OPERATION PHASE

Air

Quality

Noise

&

Odor

Water

Quality

Land

Quality

Solid

Hazardous

Wastes

Risk &

Occupationa

l Hazards

Ecology/

Land use

Socio-

Economic

Status

Water

Requirement

X X

Effluent Discharge X X X X X

Gaseous Emissions X X X X

Hazardous Waste

Disposal

X X X X

Raw material

Storage/ Transport

X X X X X

Raw Material

Handling

X X X X

Product Storage/

Handling

X X X X X

Spills & Leaks X X X X X X

Shutdown/

Startup

X X X X X X

Equipment

Failures

X X X X

Plant Operations X X X X

Transport of

Workers

X X X

Movement of

Vehicles

X X X

Greenbelt

development

X X X X X X

Employment X X X X X

Re-use of water X X




TABLE-4.8 (Contd.)

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX

ACTIVITIES ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETER TOTAL

AIR

QUALITY

NOISE

&

ODOR

WATER

QUALITY

LAND

QUALITY

SOLID

HAZARDOUS

WASTES

RISK &

OCCUPATIONAL

HAZARDS

ECOLOGY

/ LAND

USE

SOCIO

ECONOMIC

STATUS

WATER

REQUIREMENT

0 0 -2 0 0 0 0 -2 -4

EFFLUENT

DISCHARGE

-2 0 -3 -2 0 -2 -1 0 -10

GASEOUS

EMISSIONS

-4 0 0 0 0 -2 -3 -2 -11

HAZARDOUS

WASTE

DISPOSAL

-2 0 0 -4 -4 -4 -4 0 -18

RAW MATERIAL

STORAGE/

TRANSPORT

-2 0 0 -1 0 -2 -2 0 -7

RAW MATERIAL

HANDLING

-2 0 0 -1 0 -2 -2 -2 -9

PRODUCT

STORAGE

-2 0 0 -1 -1 -2 -2 -2 -10

SPILLS & LEAKS -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 0 -6

SHUT DOWN/

START UP

-1 -1 -1 0 0 -1 0 0 -4

EQUIPMENT

FAILURE

-2 -2 0 0 0 0 0 0 -4

PLANT

OPERATIONS

-2 -2 -2 0 0 -2 0 0 -8

TRANSPORT OF

WORKERS

-1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0

MOVEMENT OF

VEHICLES

-2 -1 0 -1 0 -2 -2 -2 -10

GREENBELT

DEVELOPMENT

+8 +6 0 +6 0 0 +6 +4 +30

EMPLOYMENT 0 0 -2 0 -2 0 0 +15 +11

RE-USE OF

WATER

0 0 +4 0 0 0 0 +4 +8

CUMULATIVE

SCORE

-15 -2 -7 -5 -8 -20 -10 +15 -52

Total cumulative score for various environmental parameters is -52 and it can be said that

there is no appreciable adverse impacts during operation phase.




4.9 SUMMARY

There are no appreciable adverse impacts during construction & operation phase on

surrounding environment. Regular water sprinkling on roads and regular vehicular

maintenance will be done to reduce fugitive emissions during vehicle movements. Vehicles

having PUC certificates will only be allowed to transport materials, equipment’s and will be

closed/ covered with tarpaulin sheet to avoid dust dispersion at site. Company will mostly

use Imported Coal as a fuel & will provide ESP + Water scrubber and Adequate Stack Height

to control flue gas emissions. Adequate Scrubber system will be provided to control process

gas emission and to mitigate the impact of air pollution. Unit will be provided separate entry

and exit for the smooth traffic movement. Power required will be supplied by DGVCL and D.

G. set will be used only in case of power failure. Water requirement will be through GIDC

Water supply; hence no major impact will be envisaged on surface or ground water

resources. Effluent (Low COD Stream from process (10 KL/Day) and Dilute Stream (46.35

KL/Day)) will be treated in primary CETP and send to CETP for further Treatment and

Disposal. Effluent (High COD & TDS Stream from process (170 KL/Day)) will be treated in ETP

and In-house MEE. Proper sanitation facility for workers within premises will be provided to

prevent contamination of water due to runoff. There will be generation of 25 Nos. of

category of hazardous waste from Process, ETP, Utilities and scrubber. It will be properly

packed & stored at a designated Onsite-secured area with impervious floor that offers

protection from sun & rain fall, spreading of leachate, mixing of wastes etc. Solid/

Hazardous waste will be collected, stored, transported and disposed as per the Hazardous

Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.




CHAPTER – 5:

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY)

M/s. Starlite Paints will be equipped with SS, MS and Glass Lined reactors with Heat

Exchanger & Receiver, Centrifuges, ANFD, Spin Flash Drier, Tray Drier Storage Tanks etc. In

our aim of meeting the specific requirements of our clients related to Proposed Pesticide

Specific Intermediates Manufacturing Unit, we have established a widespread infrastructure

unit. The manufacturing unit is well equipped with technologically advanced machines and

equipment that enable us to process a wide range of Pesticide Specific Intermediates within

the promised time limits.

Pesticide Specific Intermediates Industries will have separate facilities for utility like Boiler,

TFH, cooling tower, Chill Water Plant, Chilled Brine Plant [-20 °C]and Air Compressor,

Nitrogen Plant also separate D.G. set to backup with DGVCL power failure.

We also maintain research facilities where we customize the products as per the details

specified by the clients. Our team of technical experts makes sure that all chemicals are safe

to use and timely processed.

Warehousing and Packaging

We also possess a spacious and well maintained warehouse facility that helps us to

effectively handle stored the raw material as well as ready to dispatch products. The entire

space is divided to easily accommodate Intermediates category wise. Further, we also

undertake:

All preventive measures in storing our products under proper labels

Maintaining records for future reference

Checking chemicals for any spillage & leakage

Quality packaging

Reasons for Technology/Process Selection

For the new products, technology know-how shall be obtained from reliable global

technology suppliers.

Our State-of-the-art R&D team is continuously working on optimization of process and

resources.

Our experienced Engineering team shall select the latest design and instrumentations.




Adequate process control and instrumentation shall be provided for inherent safety and

process efficiency. DCS and PLC shall be provided to the maximum extent possible.

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE)

No alternative site selection study has been conducted by project proponent as the project

will be developed in a well-developed notified industrial area.

Reasons for site selection:

Looking to the local & international market demand of the products it was decided by M/s.

Starlite Paints to set up a new facility at Saykha industrial area.

Major factors involved in the selection of site are listed below:

● Project site is located at Saykha Industrial Estate which is covered under PCPIR region

(Petroleum, Chemical & Petrochemical Investment Region) & PCPIR has obtained

Environmental and CRZ clearance vide file no. 21-49/2010-IA-III dated 14th September,

2017.

● Site is located in GIDC, which has availability of minimum required infrastructure facility.

● Minor site clearance activities shall be carried out to clear shrubs and weed.

● The project site is located on level ground, which does not require any major land filling

for area grading work.

● No sanctuaries or archeological sites are located in the vicinity of the area.

● No rehabilitation or resettlement of local people required.

● Site is very well connected by road and railway.

Availability of Fuel, Power, CETP, TSDF, etc. within the estate.

Modern infrastructure support and amenities at par in other global markets, including:

▪ Efficient transport facilities.

▪ Roadways – connected to State as well as National Highways

▪ Within the estate, planned network of RCC roads

▪ Railways – Dahej-Bharuch railway line, Jambusar – Bharuch Railway lines

▪ Bharuch has a Railway Junction, Dahej has a railway station

▪ Air route – Nearest airport of Surat & Vadodara

▪ Dahej is a well-developed port

▪ Sufficient height from the sea level to be geographically suitable for industrial activity.

▪ Availability of Resources viz.

▪ Water - from GIDC reservoir




▪ Electricity Power - supplied from DGVCL

▪ Port facilities at Dahej and Mumbai

▪ Proximity to Raw Material suppliers



EIA REPORT PREPARED BY M/s. AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. 6 - 1

CHAPTER - 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

M/s. Starlite Paints shall adopt comprehensive environmental monitoring plan, which is

essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The objective of monitoring

is:

To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new

developments.

To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical

To check or assess the efficiency of controlling measures

To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact

assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new project.

To monitor effectiveness of Control Measures:

Monitor daily, Assess effectiveness of the Control Measures being implemented,

Explore the need to modify or add new Control Measures particularly if a violation is

observed & Report weekly.

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters will be made to find out any

deterioration in environmental quality.

Monitoring of the proposed project area will be regularly conducted. The attributes,

which merit regular monitoring, are specified underneath.

6.2 LABORATORY FACILITIES M/s. Starlite Paints shall develop its own laboratory equipped with different equipment i.e.

analytical balance, pH meter, COD digester (heating) apparatus, oven, incubator and

necessary glass-wares. Equipment of quality control laboratory will be also available for

analysis of environment parameters. M/s. Starlite Paints will made plan of the regular

monitoring to ensure that pollution will be limited to below prescribed limits and to take

corrective action. In case the monitored results of environment pollution shall be found to

exceed the prescribed limits, remedial actions shall be taken through the concerned plant

authorities. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control equipments of each

department shall under respective department heads.




6.2.1 DOCUMETATION & RECORDS

The environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facility is

being/will maintain following records:

Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control equipments.

Log sheet for self-monitoring of pollution control equipments.

Manual for monitoring of Air, water for ambient conditions.

Instruction manual for monitoring of water, solid and gaseous parameter discharged

from the factory and also for various parameters of pollution control facilities.

Stationary records as per the Environmental Acts.

Monthly and annual progress reports.

Medical checkup of employees.

Regularly these documents & records shall be reviewed for necessary improvement of

the monitoring plan/mitigation measures/environmental technologies as well as for

necessary actions of Environmental Management Cell.




6.3 POST PROJECT MONITORING PLAN

Environment monitoring plan for proposed plant has described in Table-6.1 along with

Environment Components, parameter, standards to be followed, location and frequency.

TABLE - 6.1

PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

Environmental

Component

Parameters Standards Frequency

Air Environment

AAQM at plant site As prescribed by GPCB

including PM2.5, PM10, SO2,

NOx, HBr & HCl

Prescribed

by CPCB

Once in a month through NABL

Lab.

Stack emission

monitoring

Parameters prescribed by

GPCB of Flue Gas emission

and Process Gas Emission

Prescribed

by GPCB

Once in a month by NABL Lab.

Fugitive emissions/ work

place monitoring within

the plant side

VOC, PM10 & PM2.5 Prescribed

by GPCB

Once in a month by NABL Lab.

Water Environment

Surface water quality Parameters prescribed by

GPCB

Water

quality

Standards

Once in a Season

Ground water quality Parameters prescribed by

GPCB

Water

quality

Standards

Once in a Season

Noise Environment

Ambient Noise at plant

site

Noise level in dB(A) As per

National

Noise

Standards

Once in a Month

Soil Environment

At plant site Analysis of pH,

conductivity, Sulphates,

calcium, magnesium, Cl-

-- Once in a Season




6.3.1 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be collected as per the guidelines provide by

MoEF&CC/ CPCB/ GPCB. The method followed shall be recommended/standard method

approved/recommended by MoEF&CC/ CPCB.

TABLE 6.2 Method of Environmental Sampling & Analysis

Attributes Method

Sampling / Preservation Analysis

A. Air Environment

1. Micro meteorological

data

2. Ambient Air Quality

Mechanical/automatic

1. Mechanical or automatic

weather station/Meteorological

Department

2. Samplers (Designed as per

USEPA) to collect PM2.5, PM10

and the gaseous samples

--

Standard methods such

as IS - 5182 & CPCB

guideline, ASTM, etc.

B. Noise Instrument: Noise level meter --




6.4 ENVIRONMENT POLICY




6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Apart from having an environmental management plan, it is also necessary to have a

permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring effective

implementation. In this effect, M/s. Starlite Paints will assign responsibilities to officers from

various disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and

implementation of environment control measures.

An organogram of Environment management cell is shown in Figure 6.1. This department

shall undertake the monitoring of environment pollution level by measuring stack

emissions, Ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, Noise level, etc. either

departmentally or by appointing external agency whenever necessary.

M/s. Starlite Paints shall carry out the regular monitoring in future as well as ensure that

pollution is limited below prescribed limits and shall take corrective action by providing new

pollution control equipment if required. In case the monitored results of environment

pollution are found to exceed the prescribed limits, remedial actions are taken through the

concerned plant authorities. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control

equipment of each department is under respective department heads.

The environmental department shall also look after preparation and submission of Water

Cess Return, Environmental statement and Consolidated Consent & Authorization

application/ renewal under water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air

(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Ambient Air Quality as per NAAQS

Standards, 2009 and Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 under Environment Protection Act, 1986.




FIGURE - 6.1

ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

GENERAL MANAGER

ASSISTANT MANAGER

GENERAL MANAGER GENERAL MANAGER

SHIFT IN - CHARGE EXECUTIVE EXECUTIVE SHIFT IN - CHARGE

OPERATOR OPERATOR OPERATOR OPERATOR




6.6 COMPANY HAS A SYSTEM OF REPORTING OF NON COMPLIANCES / VIOLATIONS OF

ENVIRONMENTAL NORMS TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY AND / OR

SHAREHOLDERS OR STAKEHOLDERS AT LARGE.

Company have a system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental

norms to the Proprietor

• Operators will be responsible for Operation of EHS system. If any problem will be

observed in operation, then the operator will report the same to the Shift In-Charge.

• Shift In-Charge will be responsible for implementing HSE Management Programs. If

any non-compliances/ violations of environmental norms will be observed, then the

executives will report the same to the Assistant Manager.

• Assistant Manager will be responsible to define and monitor the key characteristics

for measure of performance in production, maintenance and EHS. Assistant Manager

is responsible to report the non-compliances received to Partner.

• General Manager will have overall responsibility for effective implementation of

Occupational Health, Safety & Environment Management System (OHS & EMS) and

the partner will conduct management review every three months to assess the

effectiveness of HSE Management System. If necessary, resources will be allocated

for taking Corrective and Preventive action on Non-Conformance within time period.

• General Manager will advise and monitor the establishment and implementation of

HS & EMS.

• Verification activities, including internal HSE Audits shall be carried out at the

direction of General Manager.



Risk Assessment Report prepared by M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 7 - 1

CHAPTER - 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment management

plan, following additional studies have been included in the report.

Risk assessment

Disaster Management Plan

On-site and off-site emergency action plan

Occupational Health and Safety Management System

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT

7.1.1 INTRODUCTION

Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards (unsafe

conditions). On the other hand, risk assessment deals with recognition and computation of

risks, the equipment in the plant and personnel are prone to, due to accidents resulting

from the hazards present in the plant.

Risk assessment follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and

assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards

present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident

scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or

generate. Consequently, the risk assessment is often confined to maximum credible

accident studies. It provides basis for what should be type and capacity of its on-site and off-

site emergency plan also what types of safety measures shall be required.

7.1.2 APPROACH TO THE STUDY

Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents consisting of an

event or sequence of events. The risk assessment study covers the following:

Identification of potential hazard area;

Identification of representative failure cases;

Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire and explosion;

Assess the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the

impact zones form the accidental scenarios;

Furnish the recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident possibilities

Preparation of Disaster Management Plan;

Emergency Plan, which includes Occupational and Health Safety Plan;




7.1.3 METHODOLOGY

Quantitative risk assessment (QRA) is a means of making a systematic assessment of the

risks from hazardous activities, and forming a rational evaluation of their significance, in

order to provide input to a decision-making process. The term ‘quantitative risk assessment’

is widely used, but strictly this refers to the purely numerical assessment of risks without

any evaluation of their significance. The study has been conducted based on the premises of

a traditional Quantitative Risk Assessment. The key components of a QRA are explained

below, and illustrated in Figure-7.1 and Figure-7.2.

FIGURE – 7.1

QRA METHODOLOGY




FIGURE–7.2

FLOW CHART FOR QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

Start Identify Risk Areas

Select a Risk Area

Identify Failure Cases

Select a Failure Cases

Identify Consequence Outcomes

Select Consequence Outcomes

Determine Frequency

Estimate Consequence

Record Frequency and Consequence in a summary Table

Have all Consequence outcomes been studied?

Have all failure cases been studied?

Have all risk areas been studied?

Draw Risk Contours Finish

Yes

Next Next




7.1.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Identification of hazards in the proposed project activity is of primary significance of the

analysis, and quantification. Hazard states the characteristics of system/plant/process that

presents potential for an accident. All the components of a system/plant/process need to be

thoroughly examined to assess their potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned

event/sequence of events, which can be termed as an accident.

7.1.4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS AREAS

The procedure for QRA starts with identification of major risk areas in the installation.

Operation carried out in specialty and agrochemical Industries usually come under certain

board, general categories. At M/s. Starlite Paints, major risk areas are as follows:

Bulk storage area for Raw Materials at ambient temperature and atmospheric

pressure.

Process Plant involving pumping, transportation, reactors, distillation, heating, cooling,

etc.

Bulk loading and unloading from storage tanks to road takers and vice versa.

7.1.4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF FAILURE CASES FOR HAZARDOUS AREAS

Release due to catastrophic failure of storage tanks or process vessels.

Rupture of connected pipe with storage tank or process vessels.

Continuous release at significant rates for long durations transfer pipelines caused by

sudden, major break of the pipeline.

Continuous release at low rate through small holes or cracks in piping and vessels, flange

leaks, and leakage from pump glands and similar seals.

It is to be noted that for Quantitative Risk Assessment, worst case scenarios has been

considered, though their frequency of occurrence is much lower than the cases of small

leaks.

7.1.4.3 MAJOR HAZARDOUS AREAS AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

The hazardous chemical storage area is shown in Figure-7.3. The major Hazardous chemicals

to be stored, transported, handled and utilized within the plot area are summarized in the

Table-7.1. Other hazards and control measures are summarized in Table-7.2. Facilities /

System for process safety, transportation, firefighting system and emergency capabilities to

be adopted are stated below.




FIGURE-7.3

HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL STORAGE AREA

Hazardous

Chemical

Storage area




TABLE-7.1

STORAGE AND HANDLING DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

Sr.

No.

Name of the

Hazardous

Substance

Maximum

Storage

No of

Vessels

Vessel

Capacity

Mode of

Storage Type Of Hazard

1 Chlorine 9.9 MT 11 0.9 MT Tonner Toxic

2 Bromine 8 MT 2

(1 Spare

Tank)

8 KL Iso tank

Toxic

3 Toluene 100 MT 2 50 MT Tank Flammable 4 Trimethyl

orthoformate

15 MT 1 15 MT Tank Flammable/Toxic

5 Acetic

Anhydride

15 MT 1 15 MT Tank Corrosive

6 Methanol 50 MT 1 50 MT Tank Flammable

7 Ethylene

Dichloride

35 MT 1 35 MT Tank Toxic &

Flammable

8 O- Xylene 40 MT 2 20 MT Tank Flammable/Toxic

9 Hydrocloric

Acid


10 NaOH 35 MT 1 35 MT Tank Toxic

11 MDCB 35 MT 1 35 MT Tank Flammable/Toxic

12 PAC 35 MT 1 35 MT Tank Toxic

13 Cyclohexane 30 MT 2 15 MT Tank Flammable

14 Methyl

Formate 4 MT 20 200 lit Drum Flammable

15 Dimethyl

sulfoxide 3 MT 15 200 lit Drum Flammable/Toxic

16 Phenol 4 MT 20 200 lit Drum Toxic &

Flammable

17 KOH 4 MT 20 200 lit Drum Toxic

18 KMnO4 4 MT 20 200 lit Drum Toxic

19 Thiocarbohydr

azide 3 MT 15 200 lit Drum Toxic

20 Benzene 4 MT 20 200 lit Drum --

21 AlCl3 4 MT 20 200 lit Drum Toxic

22 Acetyl

Chloride 4 MT 20 200 lit Drum Flammable/Toxic

23 Propionic Acid 4 MT 20 200 lit Drum Flammable




TABLE 7.2

OTHER HAZARDS AND CONTROL

SR.

NO.

NAME OF THE

POSSIBLE HAZARD OR

EMERGENCY

ITS SOURCES

&

REASONS

ITS EFFECTS ON

PERSONS, PROPERTY &

ENVIRONMENT

PLACE OF ITS

EFFECT

CONTROL MEASURES PROVIDED

1 BOILER

(1) Burning

(2) Physical injury

(3) Explosion

Over pressure in the boiler if

safety valve not working. Water

level indicator not working. Low

water level indicator fails. High

temp. System fails.

Minor/Major Injury Loss

of human life Loss of

property (Loss of Main/

Machine Material)

Boiler House

and surrounding

places

Lower & Upper Level Indication System provision. Safety valves for pressure

control fixed temp. & pressure indicator provided. Blow down & blowing

system provided for cleaning tube and shell. Soft water used. Inter locking

provided on pumps, FD fan, ID fan. Periodical checking & inspection

maintenance done. Yearly inspection done by Boiler Inspector.

2 ELECTRICITY

(1) Burning

(2) Fire

(3) Shock

Loose Contacts, Weak earthling

Short Circuit Improper Insulation

Burning, Shock, Death Surrounding the

accident area

Proper Earthing, Periodical Checking of joints, proper insulations of

Equipments, etc. Flame proof fitting in solvent storage area, bounding and

jumpers to all solvent barrier lines provided.

3 HOUSE KEEPING

(1) Physical

(2) Burning

(3) Fire

(4) Chemical Exposure

Bad House keeping Physical / Chemical

Thermal Burn Injury

(Major / Minor)

In all

surrounding

areas i.e.

Storage, Plants

Proper Handling, regular cleaning, Proper placement of material (RIGHT THING

AT THE RIGHT PLACE)

4 PIPE LINE LEAKAGES

Spillages etc.

(1) Corrosion

(2) Toxic gas release

Leaking of pipe line due to

corrosion, Loose contact etc.

Physical / Chemical

Thermal Burn Injury

(Major / Minor)

Plant area Proper maintenance, Proper Selection of Material for pipe lines, Immediate

attention, Earthing provided, flame proof fitting, NO SMOKING Boards

displayed.

5 Structural Failure Inside the factory (Corrosion) Injury/Death to persons,

damage to property

Within the

factory

Automatic operation Periodic Testing of safety valves Regular Inspection and

Maintenance

6 Toxic Release from

outside

Outside the factory Injury/Death Within &

outside the unit

Alarm, Evacuation rescue & shelter/ Welfare

7 Natural Calamity Nature Injury / Death to

persons, damage to

property

Within &

outside the unit

Alarm, Evacuation rescue & shelter/ Welfare




TABLE 7.3

HAZARDOUS PROPERTIES OF THE CHEMICALS, COMPATIBILITIES, SPECIAL HAZARD AND ANTIDOTES

Name of Chemical Hazard F.P (0C) BP (0C) LEL % UEL % SP.GR.

20 0C VD

NFPA

H F R TLV/ TWA IDLH LC50 / LD50 Antidote

Chlorine gas T - -34 - - 1.40 2.45 4 0 0 0.5 10 <5000 mg/kg (Rat) No specific antidote

Liquid Bromine T NA 58.78 NA NA 3.11 7.1 3 0 0 0.66 ppm 3 ppm 2,600 mg/kg [Rat] No specific antidote

Toluene F 4.444 110.6 1.1 7.1 0.8636 3.1 2 3 0 300 ppm 500 ppm 49000 mg/m 4

hours [Rat] Oxygen, Novasine Eye drops.

Trimethyl

orthoformate F & T 13

101 –

102 1.40 44.60 0.970 3.67 2 3 0 - - 412 mg/L/48h No specific antidote

Acetic Anhydride C 54 140 2.9 10.3 1.0820 3.5 3 2 1 5 ppm 200 ppm 1000 ppm/4H [Rat] No specific antidote

Methanol F 12 64.5 6 36.5 0.7915 1.11 1 3 0 250 ppm 6000 ppm 64000 ppm 4 hours

[Rat]

Oxygen, Baking Soda in a glass of

water, ethanol, Novasine Eye drops.

Ethylene

Dichloride T & F 13 82 - 84 0.062 0.162 1.25 1.24 3 3 0 1 ppm 50 ppm

2646 ppm 1 hours

[Rat] No specific antidote

O-Xylene F & T 31 143 to

145 0.9 6.7 0.865 3.7 2 3 0 N.A 724 ppm 3608 mg/kg No specific antidote

Hydrochloric

Acid C NA 108.58 NA NA

1.1-

1.19 1.267 3 0 1 5 ppm 50 ppm

4701 ppm 0.5

hours [Rat]

Milk of Magnesia, Drink Large

Quantity of Water

Sodium

Hydroxide T 1390 NA NA NA NA 1.38 NA 2 mg/m3 10

mg/m3 NA No specific antidote

Cyclohexane F -18.0 80.7 1 9 0.770 2.90 2 3 0 100 ppm 1300

ppm

13.9 mg/L 4 h


Methyl Formate F -32 31 –

33 4.5 23 0.968 2.07 2 4 0 50 ppm

4500

ppm

LD50 > 5000

mg/kg ( Rabbit )

The preferred antidote is

fomepizole, with ethanol used if this

is not available

Dimethyl

sulfoxide F & T 87 189 2.6 42 1.1 2.7 2 2 1 - -

LD50 = 40 g/kg

( Rat )

Topical DMSO is considered an

effective and safe antidote to be




used with topical cooling

Phenol F & T 79 182 1.7 8.6 1.057 3.24 4 2 0 5 ppm 250 ppm 317 mg/kg [Rat] No specific antidote

KOH T -- 1320 -- -- 2.04 NA 3 0 1 2 mg/m3 2 mg/m3 284 mg/kg ( Rat ) No specific antidote

Benzene F -11 80.1 1.3 7.1 0.876

5 2.8 2 3 0 0.1 ppm 500 ppm

930 mg/kg


Aluminium

Chloride T NA 182 NA NA 2.440 NA 3 0 2 2 mg/m3 -- 3470 mg/kg (Rat) No specific antidote

Acetyl Chloride F & T 4 51 7.3 19 1.100 2.7 3 3 2 -- -- 910 mg/kg ( Rat ) No specific antidote

Propionic Acid F 51 141 2 12 0.994

2 2.56 3 2 0 10 ppm -- 2600 mg/kg (Rat) No specific antidote

F = FIRE T = TOXIC

E = Explosive R = REACTIVE

BP = BOILING POINT LEL = LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT

UEL = UPPER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT SP.GR = SPECIFIC GRAVITY

VD = VAPOUR DENSITY ER = EVAPORATION RATE

H = HEALTH HAZARD CLASS F = FIRE HAZARD CLASS

R = REACTIVE HAZARD BR = BURNING RATE




7.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

7.2.1 Control measures provided for Solvent Tank Farm:

1. Construction & Installation of solvent storage facility is provided as per explosive act,

(License & local rules / regulation followed).

2. Flame proof electrical fitting & intrinsically safe instruments are installed.

3. Flame arrestor installed on vent pipe with breather valve & emergency vent valve

provided.

4. Earth fault relay trip installed for solvent tanker unloading system (Solvent pump

having interlock with grounding of the tanker to make 100% grounding.).

5. Grounding (double earthing) & Jumper for flange joint provided for all installation &

it is monitored periodically.

6. Road Tanker grounded before unloading.

7. Convenient metallic SS hose pipes provided for tanker unloading for better

connectivity.

8. Deep in let pipe provided inner side of the solvent tanks.

9. Check list is followed for loading & unloading.

10. Level indicator provided on the tank.

11. Adequate dyke wall (noncombustible) is provided.

12. Leakage collection bund with foam system is provided.

13. Combustible Gas Detection system, Fire (Foam / Powder) extinguisher, Foam

monitors is provided.

14. F-30 coating provided for solvent storage tanks.

15. Nitrogen blanketing system is provided.

16. Closed handling system is provided.

17. Smoke detector system installed at Hydrogen Peroxide storage room.

18. Cooling system provided for Hydrogen Peroxide storage room.

19. In case of High temperature of Hydrogen Peroxide Storage Room, High temp.

indication provided & connected centralized DCS system.

7.2.2 Control measures provided for Acid / Alkali Tank Farm:

1. Adequate dyke wall (with acid proof coating) provided.

2. Level indicator with high level alarm provided on the tank.

3. Water curtain system installed on southern extreme of site in front of tank farm to

avoid gas dispersing on general road traffic.

4. Scrubber system installed for HCL storage tank & used during road tanker unloading.

5. Adequate flexible SS hose provided for tanker connection for unloading.

6. Dedicated pumps are provided and located with its close proximity to the respective

tank to avoid unintentional mistake of mixing of chemicals.

7. Leakage / Spillage handling kit provided.

8. To avoid chemical exposure, closed handling system is provided.




9. Fire hydrant system provided including water curtain system.

7.2.3 Control measures provided for Warehouse:

1. Fixed electrical fitting is provided. Lighting is installed between racks above the

gangways & away from material storage to avoid heating to storage goods.

2. Electrical fitting tested periodically (i.e. electrical load thermo graphic temperature

measurement, mechanical integrity of cables, physical condition of cable & other

electrical appliances / installation.)

3. BT reach truck battery charging station is provided outside of ware house.

4. Appropriate passage, gangways provided.

5. Fire detection system (Beam Detector) provided.

6. Adequate portable fire extinguishers installed at noticeable position & kept easily

accessible.

7. Fire hydrant system provided.

8. Auto sprinkler system provided on individual racks compartments at Ware House:

this system is independent system having Separate Pumps with separate piping from

Pump House to Ware House, it consists of automatic operated sprinkler on 59°C.

9. Fire Alarm System: Automatic fire detection & alarm system consists of Fire

Detectors, Addressable Manual Call Points (MCP) & Hooters Beam Detectors (Ware

House) are placed at strategic locations and connected by cable to central control

panel at ECC with repeater panel at DCS Control Room.

10. Emergency exit provided.

11. A warehouse is used exclusively for storage activities. Loose chemical handling not

allowed.

12. Chemical segregation is done based on reactivity.

13. In case of maintenance work, Ignition sources controlled by hot work permit system.

14. Natural & Eco ventilator is provided.

15. Proper drainage system is provided for used fire water.

7.3 PRECAUTIONS DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

LIQUIDS

Always use the road tankers having authorization for transporting the said liquids.

Vendor will be asked to provide MSDS to Tanker Driver.

Tankers will have clearly marked identification of material being contained with

mentioning Safety Card.

Driver to have concerned Safety Officer’s contact details to contact him in case of

emergency.

Provide muffler on exhaust while entering tanker within premises.

Ensure Earthing Boss connection before starting any transferring.




SOP to cover routine checking of Tank farm area to be carried out for checking any

spillage / leakage.

Tanks will be inspected physically daily for having any visual abnormality.

Readings of Temperature & Pressure will be noted, recorded & reported immediately for

abnormality.

Safety instruments like rupture disc, safety valves will be checked at defined duration for

intakeness.

Scheduled testing of tanks to be done for thickness testing.

Tanks to be painted on regular interval defined as per laws to protect them from

atmospheric corrosion.

Barrels to be checked for proper fixing of bungs before sending it outside the premises.

Barrels to be monitored physically daily for developing any pressure or vacuum within it

on long storage.

Concerned persons will be trained properly to use spill kit in case of observing any

spillage inside warehouse.

SOLIDS

Vendor will be asked to provide MSDS to Truck Driver.

Driver to have concerned Safety Officer’s contact details to contact him in case of

emergency.

Provide muffler on exhaust while entering truck within premises.

SOP to cover routine checking of Bags & Containers for checking any damage.

Containers to be tested for safe racking & transportation.

Proper PPE to be used while handling the material & concerned persons to be trained for

usage of the same.

Concerned persons will be trained properly to use spill kit in case of observing any

spillage inside warehouse.

7.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

In the storage of chemical & manufacturing operation various flammable / toxic / corrosive

material, compressed gases are utilized &also the stock of the combustible material is

maintained. These items have potential to lead to an accident (explosion / fires etc).

The major industrial hazards can be divided into following different categories.

1. FIRE HAZARD.

2. EXPLOSION HAZARD.

3. TOXIC HAZARD.

Above hazard should be taken into consideration because some of the chemical used,

stored are having inflammable / flammable, toxic, corrosive and explosion properties.




7.4.1 Hazard Control Measures

A) Hazard Control Measures:

1) Fire Hazard 2) Others Hazard 3) Chemical / Solvent leakage

Flameproof electrical apparatus

installed at probable fire hazard

area.

Well maintained Fire Fighting

Apparatus (fire extinguisher, fire

hydrant system) in sufficient

quantity.

Well defined storage facility for

fire hazard substances.

Copper Jumpers are provided on

solvent transferring lines.

Earthing/Bonding system is

provided at designated areas.

Smoke detectors and fire alarm

system installed at site.

Process / operation handling by

competent person only.

Permit to work system.

Round the clock availability of

qualified Safety Officer &

Paramedic.

Mutual aid with nearby

industries and Disaster

Preventive Management Centre.

WH & Solvent Building located

away from other plants.

Online flammable gas

detection meters with audible

alarm / hooter.

Explosion proof wall & doors of

process area where such

hazards are apparent.

Copper Jumpers are provided

on solvent transferring lines.

Earthing/Bonding system is

provided at designated areas.

Process operated by

competent person only.

Regular testing / inspection of

pressure vessels by competent

person

Installation of safety valve on

probable explosion hazards

vessels.

Permit to work system.

Handling of chemicals with

confined containers / drums

only.

Availability of spillage control

kit & sand buckets on specific

locations.

Regular monitoring of VOC

level of plant by internally

and externally agency and

precaution are taken to

avoid exposure.

PPEs like organic cartridge

mask, air bubbler and full

body pressure suit with

breathing air provision are

provided as and when

required.

People in vicinity of area are

trained to use spillage

control kit.

SCBA set is readily available

at designated locations for

emergency scenario.

7.5 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard arises due to storage, handling &

use of these chemicals. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they may cause

damage due to resulting fires or vapour clouds. Blast Overpressures depend upon the

reactivity class of material between two explosive limits.

Operating Parameters

Potential vapour release for the same material depends significantly on the operating

conditions. Especially for any liquefied gas, the operating conditions are very critical to

assess the damage potential. If we take up an example of ammonia, if it is stored at ambient

temperature, say 30oC, and then the vapour release potential of the inventory is much

higher as compared to the case if it is stored at 0oC.




Inventory

Inventory Analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards and short listing

of release scenarios. Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard.

Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of potential release. The

potential vapour release (source strength) depends upon the quantity of liquid release, the

properties of the materials and the operating conditions (pressure, temperature). If all

these influencing parameters are combined into a matrix and vapour source strength

estimated for each release case, a ranking should become a credible exercise.

Loss of Containment

Plant inventory can get discharged to Environment due to Loss of Containment. Certain

features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly understood to firstly list

out all significant release cases and then to short list release scenarios for a detailed

examination. Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous. Failure of a vessel

leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden appearance of such a major crack

that practically all of the contents above the crack shall be released in a very short time. The

more likely event is the case of liquid release from a hole in a pipe connected to the vessel.

The flow rate is depending on the size of the hole as well as on the pressure, which was

present, in front of the hole, prior to the accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on

the pressure in the vessel. The vaporisation of released liquid depends on the vapour

pressure and weather conditions. Such consideration and others have been kept in mind

both during the initial listing as well as during the short listing procedure. In the study,

Maximum Credible Loss accident methodology is to be used, therefore, the largest potential

hazard inventories have been considered for consequence estimation.

7.5.1 DAMAGE CRITERIA

In consequence, analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate the

physical effects of an accident (spill of hazardous material) and to predict the damage

(lethality, injury, material destruction) of the effects. The calculations can roughly be divided

in three major groups:

a) Determination of the source strength parameters;

b) Determination of the consequential effects;

c) Determination of the damage or damage distances.

The basic physical effect models consist of the following.




Source strength parameters

* Calculation of the outflow of liquid, vapour or gas out of a vessel or a pipe, in case of

rupture. Also two-phase outflow can be calculated.

* Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation and of

the dimensions of the remaining liquid pool.

* Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material, pool

dimensions and wind velocity.

* Source strength equals pump capacities, etc. in some cases.

Consequential effects

* Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source strength,

relative density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical situation of the

surrounding area.

* Intensity of heat radiation [in kW/ m2] due to a fire or a BLEVE, as a function of the

distance to the source.

* Energy of vapour cloud explosions [in N/m2], as a function of the distance to the

distance of the exploding cloud.

* Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of

evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.

It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study

strongly depend upon the type of material involved:

- Gas, vapour, liquid, solid

- Inflammable, explosive, toxic, toxic combustion products

- Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure

- Controlled outflow (pump capacity) or catastrophic failure?

Selection of Damage Criteria

The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects (exposure) and

the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due to those effects. The

knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the nature of the exposure. For

instance, much more is known about the damage caused by heat radiation, than about the

damage due to toxic exposure, and for these toxic effects, the knowledge differs strongly

between different materials.

In Consequence, Analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous effects

are distinguished:

1. Heat radiation, from a jet, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE.

2. Explosion

3. Toxic effects, from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.

In the next three paragraphs, the chosen damage criteria are given and explained.




Heat Radiation

The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

The radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m2];

The exposure duration [sec];

The protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).

The limits for 1% of the exposed people to be killed due to heat radiation, and for

second-degree burns are given in the table herein:

Damages to Human Life Due to Heat Radiation

Exposure Duration Radiation for 1%

lethality (kW/m2)

Radiation for 2nd

degree burns (kW/m2)

Radiation for first

degree burns (kW/m2)

10 Sec 21.1 16 12.4

30 Sec 9.3 7.0 4.0

Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat radiation in

case of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can be assumed that

people would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal radiation in 10 sec. time.

Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all people suffering from direct contact

with flames, such as the pool fire, a flash fire or a jet flame. The effects due to relatively

lesser incident radiation intensity are given below.

Effects Due To Incident Radiation Intensity

INCIDENT RADIATION

kW/m2

TYPE OF DAMAGE

0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation

1.6 No discomfort for long exposure

4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. Blistering of skin (first degree

burns are likely)

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. second degree burns after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting

plastic tubing etc.

Explosion

In case of vapour cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:

* a flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;

* a blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.

As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the

cloud proper.




For the blast wave, the lethality criterion is based on:

* A peak overpressure of 0.1 bar will cause serious damage to 10% of the

housing/structures.

* Falling fragments will kill one of each eight persons in the destroyed buildings.

The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak overpressures

resulting from a blast wave:

Damage Due to Overpressures

Peak Overpressure Damage Type

0.83 bar Total Destruction

0.30 bar Heavy Damage

0.10 bar

0.03 bar

Moderate Damage

Significant Damage

0.01 bar Minor Damage

From this it may be concluded that p = 0.17 E+5 pa corresponds approximately with 1%

lethality. Furthermore it is assumed that everyone inside an area in which the peak

overpressure is greater than 0.17 E+ 5 pa will be wounded by mechanical damage. For the

gas cloud explosion this will be inside a circle with the ignition source as its centre.

Intoxication

The consequences from inhalation of a toxic vapour/gas are determined by the toxic dose.

This dose D is basically determined by:

- Concentration of the vapour in air;

- Exposure duration.

Furthermore, of course, the breathing rates of the victim, as well as the specific toxic

mechanism unto the metabolism play an important role.

The dose is defined as D = Cn.t, with:

C = concentration of the toxic vapour, in [ppm] or [mg/m3];

t = exposure duration, in [sec] or [min];

n = exponent, mostly > 1.0; this exponent takes into account the fact that a high

concentration over a short period results in more serious injury than a low

concentration over a relatively longer period of exposure. The value of n

should be greater than zero but less than 5.

The given definition for D only holds if the concentration is more or less constant over the

exposure time; this may be the case for a (semi) continuous source. In case of an

instantaneous source, the concentration varies with time; the dose D must be calculated

with an integral equation:

D = Cn.dt




For a number of toxic materials, so-called Vulnerability Models (V.M.) has been developed.

The general equation for a V.M. (probit function) is:

Pr = a + b.ln (Cn.t), with

Pr = probit number, being a representation of the percentage of people suffering

a certain kind of damage, for instance lethality

Pr = 2.67 means 1% of the population;

Pr = 5.00 means 50% of the population;

a and b material dependent numbers;

Cn.t = dose D, as explained above.

The values for a and b are mostly derived from experiments with animals; occasionally,

however, also human toxicity factors have been derived from accidents in past. In case only

animal experiments are available, the inhalation experiments with rats seem to be best

applicable for predicting the damage to people from acute intoxication. Although much

research in this field have been done over the past decades, only for a limited number of

toxic materials consequence models have been developed. Often only quite scarce

information is available to predict the damage from an acute toxic exposition. Data

transformation from oral intoxication data to inhalation toxicity criteria is sometimes

necessary. Generally, in safety evaluations pessimistic assumptions are applied in these

transformation calculations. The calculated damage (distance) may be regarded as a

maximum. For the purposes of a response to a major incident, the IDLH value level has been

chosen for the ‘wounded‘ criteria. This type of injury will require medical attention.

7.5.2 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS

A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterised as the worst credible accident. In

other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum consequence distance that

is still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not include a quantification of the

probability of occurrence of the accident. Another aspect, in which the pessimistic approach

of MCA studies appears, is the atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion

calculations. As per the reference of the study, weather conditions having an average wind

speed have been chosen.

The Maximum Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility. The MCL

cases considered, attempt to include the worst “Credible” incidents- what constitutes a

credible incident is always subjective. Nevertheless, guidelines have evolved over the years

and based on basic engineering judgement, the cases have been found to be credible and

modelling for assessing vulnerability zones is prepared accordingly. Only catastrophic cases

have been considered and not partial or small failures (as is the case in Quantitative Risk

Assessment where contributions from low frequency - high outcome effect as well as high

frequency - low outcome events are distinguished). The objective of the study is emergency

planning, hence only holistic & conservative assumptions are used for obvious reasons.




Hence though the outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept

should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results.

7.5.2.1 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS CALCULATIONS

The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios. This has been done for

weather conditions having wind speed. In Consequence Analysis, geographical location of

the source of potential release plays an important role. Consideration of a large number of

scenarios in the same geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario

has been identified and duly considered.

7.5.2.2 SOFTWARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS

PHAST MICRO: Phast is the most comprehensive software available for performing Process

Hazard Analysis (PHA), Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) and Financial Risk Analysis (FRA).

Our extensively validated software for consequence and risk assessment is used by

governments and industry helping them to comply with local safety regulation and their

own corporate best practice. Phast contains all the discharge, dispersion, effects and risk

models you will need to accurately assess all your major hazards and associated risks. Phast

Consequence provides you with comprehensive hazard analysis facilities to examine the

progress of a potential incident from the initial release to its far-field effects.

TOXIC AND FLAMMABLE IMPACT

It calculates the initial discharge, as the material expands from its storage conditions to

atmospheric, through dispersion, as the material mixes with air and dilutes, and the

subsequent toxic or flammable effects. Phast includes a wide range of models for discharge

and dispersion as well as flammable, explosive and toxic effects.

DISCHARGE

Phast requires basic information about storage or process conditions and material

properties in order to perform discharge calculations

The software comes with an integrated material property database containing more

than 1,600 pre-defined pure component chemicals

Various discharge scenario options have been implemented to represent common

process failures, and model their behaviour. These include:

Leaks and line ruptures from long & short pipelines

Catastrophic ruptures

Relief valve and disc ruptures

Tank roof collapse

Vent from vapour spaces

In building release effects




DISPERSION

The dispersion models within Phast are able to model the following phenomena

Dispersion of gas, liquid and two-phase releases

Liquid droplet thermo dynamics calculations and liquid droplet rainout

Pool spreading and vaporization

Building wake dispersion effects for vapour releases

FLAMMABLE EFFECTS

For releases of flammable material Phast calculates

Radiation profiles and contours from a range of fire scenarios including pool fires,

flash fires, jet fires and fire balls, including cross-wind effects on a jet fire

Vapour Cloud Explosion modeling using industry standards models including the

TNO Multi-energy, Baker Strehlow Tang and TNT Equivalence models

Overpressure contours from Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosions

TOXIC EFFECTS

Graphs of toxic concentration profile

Indoor and outdoor toxic dose prediction

Reporting of distance to specific dose and concentration

Calculated exposure time and use as “averaging time” for passive dispersion effects

PHAST RISK

Phast Risk allows you to combine the flammable and toxic consequences from each

scenario in your QRA model with their likelihood to quantify the risk of fatalities. Phast Risk

allows you to take account of local population distribution, sources of ignition, land usage

and local prevailing weather conditions. It is designed to perform all the analysis, data

handling and results presentation elements of a QRA within a structured framework.

Phast Risk allows you to quickly identify major risk contributors so that time and efforts can

be directed to mitigating these highest risk activities. Based on effects calculations and

population vulnerabilities, Phast Risk can integrate over all scenarios and weather

conditions to estimate the total risk. The established individual and societal risk indicators

are predicted by Phast Risk across your facility and surrounding area using the classical QRA

methodology. Risk ranking reports can be produced at points of strategic importance to

show the relative influence of the various failure scenarios and their contribution to both

the individual and societal risk metrics.

A key benefit of Phast Risk is the ability to identify major risk contributors and differentiate

these from incidents with worst case consequences which might otherwise dominate the

safety reviews. Whilst medium scale incidents have lesser consequences, they may have a

higher frequency, which, when combined with their hazardous effects, generate a higher




level of risk. Time and effort directed to mitigating high consequence but often low

frequency events may not be well spent. Phast Risk helps you direct this effort more

effectively.

Phast Risk also provides facilities to help you manage large quantities of input data,

including scenarios, parameters, wind roses, ignition and population, and combine these in

many ways. This is critical when looking at sensitivity analyses and assessing the merits of a

range of risk reduction measures.

Benefits

Facilitates cost reduction in terms of losses and insurance

Allows optimization of plant and process design

Assist in compliance with safety regulators

Enables quicker response to hazardous incidents

Improve engineer’s understanding of potential hazards

Regular software upgrades incorporate industry experience and expertise, and

advances in consequence modeling technology




TABLE 7.4

POSSIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIOS

Scenario MCL Scenario Quantity in

KL

1 Unconfined Pool Fire Simulations for Drum

Storage Area

38

2 Release of Chlorine 900 Kg

3 Release of Bromine 8

4 Release of Trimethyl orthoformate 15

5 Release of Acetic Anhydride 15

6 Release of Methanol 50

7 Release of Ethylene Dichloride 35

8 Release of HCL 35

9 Release of NaOH 35

10 Release of MDCB 35

11 Release of PAC 35




Scenario#1: Unconfined Pool Fire Simulations for Drum Storage Area

Catastrophic Rupture

Input Data

Stored quantity - 38 MT

Wind speed – 1.44 m/s

Density (Air) – 0.867 g/cm3

Results indicate

Pool Fire Scenario

Radiation

Level (KW/m2)

Distance in

meter

Effect if IHR at Height of simulation

4 44.56 This level is sufficient to cause personnel if unable to

reach cover within 20s; however blistering of the skin

(second degree burn) is likely; 0: lethality

12.5 22.3

This level will cause extreme pain within 20 seconds and

movement to a safer place is instinctive. This level

indicates around 6% fatality for 20 seconds exposure.

37.5 10.11 This level of radiation is assumed to give 100% fatality as

outlined above.

Fire Ball Scenario

Radiation Level

(KW/m2)

Distance in meter Injury Type

4 48.74 Pain after 20secs.

12.5 27.39 1st degree Burn

37.50 10.35 100% Fatal




Fig. 7.4 Pool Fire Scenario:

Blue – 4 KW/m2

Yellow – 12.5 KW/m2

Red – 37.5 KW/m2




Fig. 7.4 Fire Ball Scenario

Blue – 4 KW/m2


Red – 37.5 KW/m2




Scenario – 2: Release of Chlorine

Input Data

Stored quantity 900 Kgs

Rate of release 718 gram/sec

Molecular weight 70.9

Density ( Air) 2.49 kg/m3

Hazard Level Concentration

(PPM)

Ground level distance (Meter)

LC50

293 166

IDLH 10 (ACGIH) 555

STEL 15 Min 1.00 (OSHA) 1045

TWA/TLV 0.5 (OSHA) 1524




Mitigation Measures in Case of Chlorine Leakage:

Evacuate The Area in Down Wind Direction: Evacuate Area in Down Wind

Direction Up to 300 Meter. Do Not Direct Water at Spill or Source of Leak.

If Possible, Turn Leaking Containers So That Gas Escapes Rather Than Liquid.

Use Chlorine Emergency Kit to Attend the Leak.

Absorb The Fumes Through Chlorine Hood with Blower.

Preventive Measures to Avoid Such Emergency:

Chlorine Emergency Kit Will Be Procured and Kept Ready at Chlorine Shed.

Chlorine Hood with Blower Will Be Provided with Scrubbing Arrangement.

SCBA Sets Will Be Kept Ready at Chlorine Handling Area.

Safety Shower and Eye Wash Will Be Provided in Chlorine Shed Area.

Chlorine Absorption System Will Be Provided. In Case of Chlorine Leakage in Chlorine

Shed It Will Be Suck Through Blower and It Will Be Scrubbed in Caustic Scrubber.

Emergency Siren and Wind Sock Will Be Provided.

Tele Communication System and Mobile Phone Will Be Used in Case of Emergency

Situations for Communication.

First Aid Boxes and Occupational Health Centre Will Be Made at Site.

Emergency Organization and Team Will Be Prepared as Per On Site-off Site Emergency

Planning.

Full Body Protection Suite and Other PPEs Will Be Kept Ready in ECC at Site.

Emergency Team Will Be Prepared and Trained for Scenario Base Emergency. Like Toxic

Control Team, Fire Control Team, First Aid Team, Communication And General

Administration Team, Medical Team Etc.




Scenario – 3 Release of Bromine:

This scenario considers release of Bromine from Storage Tank:

Spill Pool Evaporation for Bromine 8 KL day tank catastrophic failure

Scenario : Puff release

Input Data Results of Computations

Stored quantity 10 KL End point

(meter) Evaporation rate 1500 g/s

LC50 Human 2700 ppm 101.5

IDLH value 3.0 ppm 3255.5

Maximum Pool radius 22.26

Results

LC50 HUMAN (2700 ppm) area up to 101.5 meter, IDLH (Immediate danger to life

and health) concentration (3.0 ppm) area up to 3255.5 meter




Safety Precaution:

Preventive maintenance of FLT. Train and license driver will be employed to drive FLT.

Limit switch, interlock will be provided, Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles

will be provided.

Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles will be provided.

Following Personal Protective Equipments are to be made compulsory when handling

Bromine

American National Standards Institute (ANSI) approved chemical safety goggles at all

times when handling Br2.

Use a full face shield over eyewear.

Full body protection PVC suite

Eyewash fountains should be located in areas where bromine is handled, used or stored.

When in danger of contact with liquid bromine, wear an approved chemical resistant

suit.

Leather or other non-woven ANSI approved steel-toed shoes or Gum boot

Protective rubber boots should be worn over shoes for extra protection.

Have NIOSH approved respirators and self-contained breathing apparatus available.

Gloves: 100% Nitrile rubber gloves or Neoprene gloves

Safety Practices in the Work Area

We will inform our all employees of the potential hazards of contact with bromine and

train them in appropriate first-aid procedures.

Bromine handling areas will be clearly marked and restricted to qualified, trained

personnel only.

Ventilation

We will maintain bromine vapor concentration in the work area to less than 0.1 ppm

with adequate exhaust hoods, ventilation systems and scrubbers. Analyze air for proper

control.

Transfer or repackage bromine only in a controlled, closed environment.

Exhaust ventilating systems will be used in enclosed areas where bromine is handled.

Neutralization in Case of Spillage Leakage

Neutralization with sodium Bisulfite requires 3 moles of sodium hydroxide: 1 mole

sodium Bisulfite: 1 mole bromine.

Neutralization with sodium sulfite requires 2 moles sodium hydroxide: 1 mole sodium

sulfite: 1 mole bromine.




The weights and volumes specified include a 10% excess of sodium hydroxide and

sodium bisulfate or sodium sulfite.

Emergency Procedures

In case of bromine emergencies, follow recommended first aid and emergency response

procedures adopted

Transportation Emergencies

In emergency situations resulting from vehicle accidents:

Notify the local police, fire departments, emergency responders and the carrier.

Isolate the area.

Any person not dressed in proper protective clothing and not using a NIOSH approved

self-contained breathing apparatus should be kept a safe distance away.

Call to the supplier

Seek immediate medical assistance for those injured and follow recommended first aid

procedures.

Leaking Containers

When handling a leaking bottle personal protective clothing, goggles and NIOSH

approved self contained breathing equipment must be worn.

Clear contaminated area of non-essential personnel and send them to assembly point.

Maintain a slight ammonia atmosphere throughout the clean up. Carefully release

anhydrous ammonia gas to neutralize bromine vapor. The ammonia gas will convert

bromine to white ammonium bromide “Smoke.”

Do not allow liquid bromine and liquid ammonia to combine; a violent reaction will

occur. Ammonia (16 to 25% by volume) can form an explosive mixture with air. Pour

hypo solution*, lime and water slurry or soda ash solution over the spill. Hypo-bromine

reactions produce hydrobromic acid.

Dry sodium thiosulphate and liquid bromine produce a violent reaction; do not mix them.

Using cold water, wash neutralized bromine into a sump for transfer to an approved

waste disposal facility where the waste can be processed.

Ventilate the area to remove the ammonium bromide and any bromine fumes. Scrub the

floors and equipment with soap and water.

First Aid Procedure

Immediate medical assistance is required if bromine is swallowed, inhaled or has

contacted the eyes or skin.

If bromine has been ingested, do not give anything by mouth. Seek medical attention

immediately. Do not induce vomiting.




If bromine has been inhaled, move the exposed person to a well ventilated area. Seek

medical attention immediately. The victim should be placed in a comfortable sitting or

partly reclining position. The exposed individual should avoid exertion. If vomiting occurs,

turn the patient on his side to avoid choking. Keep the patient warm. If the patient is

coughing and showing signs of respiratory distress, properly trained personnel should

administer oxygen.

For skin contact, the affected area must be flooded immediately with large amounts of

clean water from a safety shower or other appropriate source of flowing water. Seek

medical attention immediately. All contaminated clothing, including shoes, should be

removed as quickly as possible while the victim is under the shower. Washing should be

continued for a minimum of 30 minutes. If possible, continue to wash the affected area

during transport to medical facilities. (Extended wash times of two hours or more have

proven beneficial.)

If bromine liquid or vapor contacts the eyes, they must be irrigated immediately with

large amounts of running water. Eye wash stations are preferable for irrigation. If one is

not available, a hose, water source with a liberal, gentle flow may be utilized. The eyelids

must be held apart during irrigation to ensure contact of water with all accessible tissues

of the eyes and lids. Eyes should be washed continuously for a minimum of 30 minutes. If

possible, continue flushing the eyes while transporting the employee to a physician. In all

cases of bromine injury, obtain immediate medical attention. Provide emergency

personnel with information about all materials used by the person and provide

appropriate information about bromine and first aid procedures.




Annexure - 4. Release of Trimethyl orthoformate

This scenario considers release of Trimethyl Orthoformat from Storage Tank:

Results indicate:


Input Data

Stored quantity - 15 KL

Molecular weight – 106.12


Density ( Air) – 0.9676 g/cm3

Results indicate

Pool Fire Scenario

Radiation

Level

(KW/m2)

Distance in

meter


4 45.42 This level is sufficient to cause personnel if unable to reach cover

within 20s; however blistering of the skin (second degree burn) is

likely; 0: lethality

12.5 26.10 This level will cause extreme pain within 20 seconds and

movement to a safer place is instinctive. This level indicates

around 6% fatality for 20 seconds exposure.

37.5 Not Reached This level of radiation is assumed to give 100% fatality as

outlined above.




Fig. 7.4 (Con.) Pool Fire Scenario:

Blue – 4 KW/m2


Red – 37.5 KW/m2




Scenario 5: Release of Acetic Anhydride

This scenario considers release of Acetic Anhydride from Storage Tank:

Results indicate:


Input Data


Molecular weight – 102.09



Results indicate

Pool Fire Scenario

Radiation Level

(KW/m2)

Distance in meter


4 15.2 This level is sufficient to cause personnel if unable to reach

cover within 20s; however blistering of the skin (second

degree burn) is likely; 0: lethality

12.5 Not Reached This level will cause extreme pain within 20 seconds and




outlined above.